Perform Node Acceptance Tests

This chapter provides test procedures to verify that installed cards are operating correctly in a Cisco ONS 15454 dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) node. The procedures are optional.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif The procedures and tasks described in this chapter for the Cisco ONS 15454 platform is applicable to the Cisco ONS 15454 M2 and Cisco ONS 15454 M6 platforms, unless noted otherwise.


note.gif

Noteblank.gif Unless otherwise specified, “ONS 15454” refers to both ANSI (SONET) and ETSI (SDH) shelf assemblies.


note.gif

Noteblank.gif This chapter does not test the transponder (TXP), muxponder (MXP), GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, and 10GE_XPE, or ADM-10G card installation. Installation and verification for those cards is performed in Chapter6, “Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards”


Before You Begin

This section lists the non-trouble procedures (NTPs) required to validate a DWDM node. Turn to a procedure for applicable detailed level procedures (DLPs).

1.blank.gif G41 Perform the Terminal or Hub Node with 32MUX-O and 32DMX-O Cards Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test terminal and hub nodes with 32MUX-O and 32DMX-O cards installed.

2.blank.gif G168 Perform the Terminal or Hub Node with 40-MUX-C and 40-DMX-C Cards Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test terminal and hub nodes with 40-MUX-C and 40-DMX-C cards installed. This procedure can also be performed for 40-MUX-C and 40-DMX-CE cards.

3.blank.gif G42 Perform the Terminal Node with 32WSS and 32DMX Cards Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test terminal nodes with 32WSS and 32DMX cards installed.

4.blank.gif G167 Perform the Terminal Node with 40-WSS-C and 40-DMX-C Cards Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test terminal nodes with 40-WSS-C and 40-DMX-C cards installed. This procedure can also be performed to test terminal nodes for 40-WSS-CE and 40-DMX-CE cards

5.blank.gif G153 Perform the Terminal Node with 32WSS-L and 32DMX-L Cards Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test terminal nodes with 32WSS-L and 32DMX-L cards installed.

6.blank.gif G43 Perform the ROADM Node with 32WSS and 32DMX Cards Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test reconfigurable optical add/drop multiplexing (ROADM) nodes with 32WSS and 32DMX cards installed.

7.blank.gif G154 Perform the ROADM Node with 32WSS-L and 32DMX-L Cards Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test ROADM nodes with 32WSS-L and 32DMX-L cards installed.

8.blank.gif G180 Perform the ROADM Node with 40-WSS-C and 40-DMX-C Cards Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test a ROADM node with 40-WSS-C and 40-DMX-C cards installed. This procedure can also be performed for 40-WSS-CE and 40-DMX-CE cards.

9.blank.gif G276 Perform the 80-Channel n-degree ROADM Node Acceptance Tests—Complete this procedure to test a n- degree ROADM node with 80-WXC-C cards installed.

10.blank.gif G44 Perform the Anti-ASE Hub Node Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test anti-amplified spontaneous emission (anti-ASE) hub nodes.

11.blank.gif G45 Perform the C-Band Line Amplifier Node with OSCM Cards Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test C-band line amplifier nodes with OSCM cards installed on both Side A and Side B of the shelf.

12.blank.gif G155 Perform the L-Band Line Amplifier Node with OSCM Cards Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test L-band line amplifier nodes with OSCM cards installed on both Side A and Side B of the shelf.

13.blank.gif G46 Perform the C-Band Line Amplifier Node with OSC-CSM Cards Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test C-band line amplifier nodes with OSC-CSM cards installed on both Side A and Side B of the shelf.

14.blank.gif G156 Perform the L-Band Line Amplifier Node with OSC-CSM Cards Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test L-band line amplifier nodes with OSC-CSM cards installed on both Side A and Side B of the shelf.

15.blank.gif G47 Perform the C-Band Line Amplifier Node with OSCM and OSC-CSM Cards Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test C-band line amplifier nodes with OSCM and OSC-CSM cards installed.

16.blank.gif G157 Perform the L-Band Line Amplifier Node with OSCM and OSC-CSM Cards Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test L-band line amplifier nodes with OSCM and OSC-CSM cards installed.

17.blank.gif G48 Perform the OADM Node Acceptance Test on a Symmetric Node with OSCM Cards—Complete this procedure to test optical add/drop multiplexing (OADM) nodes with OSCM cards installed on both Side A and Side B of the shelf.

18.blank.gif G49 Perform the Active OADM Node Acceptance Test on a Symmetric Node with OSC-CSM Cards—Complete this procedure to test OADM nodes with OSC-CSM and OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards installed on both Side A and Side B of the shelf.

19.blank.gif G50 Perform the Passive OADM Node Acceptance Test on a Symmetric Node with OSC-CSM Cards—Complete this procedure to test OADM nodes with OSC-CSM cards installed on both Side A and Side B of the shelf and no OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards installed.

20.blank.gif G186 Perform the Four-Degree and Eight-Degree Mesh Patch Panel Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test four-degree or eight-degree mesh nodes.

21.blank.gif G187 Perform the Multiring Site Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test multiring sites.

22.blank.gif G188 Perform the Native Mesh Node Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test native mesh nodes.

23.blank.gif G189 Perform the Node Upgrade Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test an upgraded node. The upgraded node connects an existing in-service ROADM node with two sides (each equipped with MMU cards) to a native mesh node with two sides.

24.blank.gif G243 Perform the Two-Degree ROADM Node with 40-SMR-1-C and OPT-AMP-17-C Cards Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test ROADM nodes with 40-SMR-1-C and OPT-AMP-17-C cards installed.

25.blank.gif G244 Perform the Four Degree ROADM Node with 40-SMR-2-C Cards Acceptance Test—Complete this procedure to test ROADM nodes with 40-SMR-2-C cards installed.

NTP-G41 Perform the Terminal or Hub Node with 32MUX-O and 32DMX-O Cards Acceptance Test

 

Purpose

This procedure tests a DWDM terminal or hub node with 32MUX-O and 32DMX-O cards installed.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_C

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

Chapter 4, “Turn Up a Node”

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Throughout this procedure, Side A refers to Slots 1 through 6, and Side B refers to Slots 12 through 17.


note.gif

Noteblank.gif This procedure tests Side A of hub nodes first, then Side B. If you are testing a terminal node, apply instructions for Side A of the hub node to the terminal side (Side B or Side A) of the terminal node.


note.gif

Noteblank.gif Optical power measurements require either a tunable laser or a multirate transponder to generate the proper optical wavelength. If multirate transponders were installed during completion of “Turn Up a Node,” they can be used for this procedure. No additional cabling changes are needed.



Step 1blank.gif Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the hub or terminal node that you want to test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2.

Step 2blank.gif From the View menu, choose Go to Network View.

Step 3blank.gif Click the Alarms tab.

a.blank.gif Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b.blank.gif Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If equipment failure alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif If optical service channel (OSC) terminations are created, there will be two alarms, one for low power on the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card and one for the OSC channel.


Step 4blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Verify that all statuses under Link Status are listed as Success - Changed or Success - Unchanged. If a different status appears, complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup.

Step 5blank.gif Create a physical loopback on the Side A (or terminal) OSC-CSM, OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E amplifier by using a patchcord with 10-dB bulk attenuators to connect the LINE TX port to the LINE RX port.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will appear due to the OSC signal loopback.


Step 6blank.gif Wait approximately two minutes, then verify that the OSC link is active on the Side A OSCM or OSC-CSM card by observing whether or not the LOS alarm on the OSCM or OSC-CSM (and the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card, if present) clears. (The OSC termination must already be provisioned. If not, complete the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.)

note.gif

Noteblank.gif If the LOS alarm does not clear on the OSC-CSM card, verify that the opwrMin (dBm) Optic Thresholds setting for the OSC-RX port is not higher than the port's Optical Line power value. In the OSC-CSM card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optic Thresholds tabs and record the opwrMin (dBm) setting and compare it to the value found in the Power column for the OSC-RX port in the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Reduce the Optic Thresholds setting for the opwrMin (dBm) value temporarily until the loopback test has been completed to clear the LOS alarm. Reset the Optic Thresholds setting to its original value after clearing the physical loopback.


Step 7blank.gif Set the tunable laser or the TXP_MR_10E_C card to the first wavelength of the 100-GHz ITU-T C-band grid (1530.33 nm). Refer to the tunable laser manufacturer’s documentation or the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing.

Step 8blank.gif Connect the tunable laser transmitter or TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the CHAN RX 01 port on the Side A (or terminal) 32MUX-O card using the available patch panel.

Step 9blank.gif Display the Side A (or terminal) 32MUX-O card in card view.

Step 10blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tabs.

Step 11blank.gif Change the Port 1 administrative state to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI).

Step 12blank.gif Verify that the Port 1 power level reaches the provisioned VOA Power Ref set point.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif The tunable laser minimum optical output power (Pout) must be 6 dBm. If the output power is lower than the specified value, the 32MUX-O card might not reach the provisioned set point.


Step 13blank.gif If an OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L card is installed, complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power on the Side A (or terminal) OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L to ensure that the amplifier is working properly. If an OSC-CSM card is installed, go to Step 15 .

Step 14blank.gif Complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power on the Side A (or terminal) OPT-PRE card to ensure that the amplifier is working properly.

Step 15blank.gif Complete the G78 Verify the 32MUX-O or 40-MUX-C Card Power to verify that the 32MUX-O is powered correctly.

Step 16blank.gif Complete the G269 Verify the 32DMX-O or 40-DMX-C Card Power to verify that the 32DMX-O card is powered correctly.

Step 17blank.gif Restore the default IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI) administrative state to the 32MUX-O card port that was changed to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) in Step 11blank.gif.

Step 18blank.gif Repeat Steps 7 through 17 for the remaining 31 wavelengths of the 100-GHz grid to verify the correct behavior of all variable optical attenuators (VOAs) inside the 32MUX-O card.

Step 19blank.gif Remove the loopback created in Step 5.

Step 20blank.gif If the node is a hub node, repeat Steps 5 through 19 for the Side B cards.

Step 21blank.gif Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup to restore the original configuration.

Step 22blank.gif Click the Alarms tab.

a.blank.gif Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b.blank.gif Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If equipment failure alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

Stop. You have completed this procedure.


 

DLP-G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing

 

Purpose

This task provisions a TXP_MR_10E_C card for acceptance testing when a tunable laser is not available.

Tools/Equipment

TXP_MR_10E_C

Prerequisite Procedures

G179 Install the TXP, MXP, GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, 10GE_XPE, ADM-10G, and OTU2_XP Cards

G34 Install Fiber-Optic Cables on DWDM Cards and DCUs

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1blank.gif If you have installed and verified the TXP_MR_10E_C card, continue with Step 2. If not, install the TXP card using the G179 Install the TXP, MXP, GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, 10GE_XPE, ADM-10G, and OTU2_XP Cards.

Step 2blank.gif Display the TXP_MR_10E_C in card view.

Step 3blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Line > SONET (ANSI) or SDH (ETSI) tabs.

Step 4blank.gif Click the Admin State column for the trunk port and choose OOS,DSBLD (ANSI) or Locked,disabled (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

Step 5blank.gif Click Apply, then click Yes.

Step 6blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Line > Wavelength Trunk Settings tabs.

Step 7blank.gif In the Wavelength field, choose the first wavelength required by the acceptance test.

Step 8blank.gif Click Apply.

Step 9blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Line > SONET (ANSI) or SDH (ETSI) tabs.

Step 10blank.gif Click the Admin State column for the trunk port and choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

Step 11blank.gif Click Apply.

Step 12blank.gif Connect a power meter to the DWDM TX port. Verify that the output power falls within 4.5 dBm (+/–1 dBm). If it does not fall within this range, replace the card or contact your next level of support.

Step 13blank.gif Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power

 

Purpose

This task verifies that the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L amplifier laser is on and provisioned to the correct power.

Tools/Equipment

None

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite or remote

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1blank.gif Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the node that you want to test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2.

Step 2blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), double-click the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L amplifier to display the card view.

Step 3blank.gif Click the Maintenance > ALS tabs. If the value in the Currently Shutdown field is NO, continue with Step 4blank.gif. If not, complete the following steps:

a.blank.gif Check the optical safety remote interlock (OSRI) setting. If it is set to On, change it to Off. If the OSRI setting is set to Off and the Currently Shutdown field is Yes, contact your next level of support.

b.blank.gif Click Apply, then click Yes.

c.blank.gif Check the Currently Shutdown field. If it changes to NO, continue with Step 4. If not, contact your next level of support. The amplifier might need to be replaced.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif The Currently Shutdown field will not change to NO until an active channel is flowing through the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L amplifier.


Step 4blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Opt Ampli Line > Parameters tabs.

Step 5blank.gif Click Reset.

Step 6blank.gif Scroll to the right and locate the Signal Output Power parameter for Port 6 (LINE-TX). Verify that the Signal Output Power value is greater than or equal to the Channel Power Ref.

If the Signal Output Power is not greater than or equal to 1.5 dBm, do not continue. Begin troubleshooting or contact your next level of support.

Step 7blank.gif Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power

 

Purpose

This task verifies that the OPT-PRE amplifier laser is on and provisioned to the correct power.

Tools/Equipment

None

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite or remote

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1blank.gif Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the node that you want to test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2.

Step 2blank.gif In node view (single-shelf view) or shelf view (multishelf view), double-click the OPT-PRE amplifier to display the card view.

Step 3blank.gif Click the Maintenance > ALS tabs.

Step 4blank.gif If the value shown in the Currently Shutdown field is NO, continue with Step 5. If not, complete the following steps:

a.blank.gif Check the OSRI setting. If it is set to ON, click the table cell and chose OFF from the drop-down list. If the OSRI setting is set to OFF and the Currently Shutdown field is Yes, contact your next level of support.

b.blank.gif Click Apply, then click Yes.

c.blank.gif Check the Currently Shutdown field. If it changes to NO, continue with Step 5. If not, contact your next level of support. The amplifier might need to be replaced.

Step 5blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Opt Ampli Line > Parameters tabs.

Step 6blank.gif Locate the Signal Output Power parameter for Port 2 (COM-TX). Verify that the Signal Output Power value is greater than or equal to the Channel Power Ref. If the Signal Output Power is greater than or equal to the Channel Power Ref, continue with Step 7. If the Signal Output Power is less than the Channel Power Ref, check your connections and clean the fibers using the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors. If this does not change the power value, consult your next level of support.

Step 7blank.gif Scroll to the right to locate the DCU Insertion Loss parameter. Verify that the DCU Insertion Loss value is less than or equal to 10 dB.

If the DCU Insertion Loss is greater than 10 dB, do not continue. Begin troubleshooting or contact your next level of support.

Step 8blank.gif Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-G78 Verify the 32MUX-O or 40-MUX-C Card Power

 

Purpose

This task verifies 32MUX-O or 40-MUX-C card power.

Tools/Equipment

None

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite or remote

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1blank.gif Display the 32MUX-O or 40-MUX-C card in card view.

Step 2blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tabs.

Step 3blank.gif Change the administrative state of the corresponding port to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI).

Step 4blank.gif Click Apply, then click Yes.

Step 5blank.gif Check that the value in the Power column for the port reaches the value shown in the VOA Power Ref column.

Step 6blank.gif Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-G269 Verify the 32DMX-O or 40-DMX-C Card Power

 

Purpose

This task verifies that the 32DMX-O or 40-DMX-C card is provisioned to the correct power.

Tools/Equipment

None

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite or remote

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1blank.gif Display the 32DMX-O or 40-DMX-C card in card view.

Step 2blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tabs.

Step 3blank.gif Change the administrative state for the appropriate port to OOS,DSBLD (ANSI) or Locked,disabled (ETSI).

Step 4blank.gif Click Apply, then click Yes.

Step 5blank.gif Verify that the value in the Power table cell is the same as the VOA Power Ref table cell value for the port under test.

Step 6blank.gif Connect a power meter to the CHAN TX 01 port through the patch panel. Verify that the physical optical power value coming from drop Port 1 on the Side A 32DMX-O card is consistent with the value read (the maximum allowed error is +/– 0.5 dBm).

Step 7blank.gif Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

NTP-G168 Perform the Terminal or Hub Node with 40-MUX-C and 40-DMX-C Cards Acceptance Test

 

Purpose

This procedure tests a DWDM terminal or hub node with 40-MUX-C and 40-DMX-C cards installed.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_C

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

Chapter 4, “Turn Up a Node”

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Throughout this procedure, Side A refers to Slots 1 through 6, and Side B refers to Slots 12 through 17.


note.gif

Noteblank.gif This procedure tests Side A of hub nodes first, then Side B. If you are testing a terminal node, apply instructions for Side A of the hub node to the terminal side (Side B or Side A) of the terminal node.


note.gif

Noteblank.gif Optical power measurements require either a tunable laser or a multirate transponder to generate the proper optical wavelength. If multirate transponders were installed during completion of “Turn Up a Node,” they can be used for this procedure. No additional cabling changes are needed.



Step 1blank.gif Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the hub or terminal node that you want to test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2.

Step 2blank.gif From the View menu, choose Go to Network View.

Step 3blank.gif Click the Alarms tab.

a.blank.gif Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b.blank.gif Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If equipment failure alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif If OSC terminations are created, there will be two alarms, one for low power on the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card, and the other an OSC channel alarm.


Step 4blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Verify that all statuses under Link Status are listed as Success - Changed or Success - Unchanged. If a different status appears, complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup.

Step 5blank.gif Create a physical loopback on the Side A (or terminal) OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E amplifier by using a patchcord with 10-dB bulk attenuators to connect the LINE TX port to the LINE RX port.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will appear due to the OSC signal loopback.


Step 6blank.gif Verify that the OSC link becomes active on the Side A OSCM or OSC-CSM card. (The OSC termination must already be provisioned. If not, complete the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.)

Step 7blank.gif Set the tunable laser or the TXP_MR_10E_C card to the first wavelength of the 100-GHz ITU-T C-band grid (1530.33 nm). Refer to the tunable laser manufacturer’s documentation or the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing.

Step 8blank.gif Connect the tunable laser transmitter or TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the CHAN RX 01 port on the Side A (or terminal) 40-MUX-C card using the available patch panel.

Step 9blank.gif Display the Side A (or terminal) 40-MUX-C card in card view.

Step 10blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tabs.

Step 11blank.gif Change the Port 1 administrative state to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI).

Step 12blank.gif Verify that the Port 1 power level reaches the provisioned VOA Power Ref set point.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif The tunable laser minimum optical output power (Pout) must be 6 dBm. If the output power is lower than the specified value, the 40-MUX-C card might not reach the provisioned set point.


Step 13blank.gif If an OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L card is installed, complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power on the Side A (or terminal) OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L to ensure that the amplifier is working properly.

Step 14blank.gif Complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power on the Side A (or terminal) OPT-PRE card to ensure that the amplifier is working properly.

Step 15blank.gif Complete the G78 Verify the 32MUX-O or 40-MUX-C Card Power to verify that the 40-MUX-C card is powered correctly.

Step 16blank.gif Complete the G269 Verify the 32DMX-O or 40-DMX-C Card Power to verify that the 40-DMX-C card is powered correctly.

Step 17blank.gif Restore the default IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI) administrative state to the 40-MUX-C port that was changed to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) in Step 11blank.gif.

Step 18blank.gif Repeat Steps 7 through 17 for the remaining 31 wavelengths of the 100-GHz grid to verify the correct behavior of all variable optical attenuators (VOAs) inside the 40-MUX-C card.

Step 19blank.gif Remove the loopback created in Step 5.

Step 20blank.gif If the node is a hub node, repeat Steps 5 through 19 for the Side B cards.

Step 21blank.gif Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup to restore the original configuration.

Step 22blank.gif Click the Alarms tab.

a.blank.gif Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b.blank.gif Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If equipment failure alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

Stop. You have completed this procedure.


 

NTP-G42 Perform the Terminal Node with 32WSS and 32DMX Cards Acceptance Test

 

Purpose

This acceptance test verifies that a terminal node with 32WSS and 32DMX cards installed is operating properly before you connect it to the network. The test verifies the operation of the amplifiers and also verifies that each 32WSS and 32DMX add/drop and pass-through port operates properly. The test also checks the power levels at each transmit and receive port to ensure that power loss in the cabling is within tolerance. If MMU cards are installed, the test verifies that the MMU insertion loss does not impact add, drop, or pass-through circuits.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_C

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

1 bulk attenuator (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

Chapter 4, “Turn Up a Node”

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Throughout this procedure, Side A refers to Slots 1 through 6, and Side B refers to Slots 12 through 17.


note.gif

Noteblank.gif This procedure creates an optical loopback on the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E line. An optical signal is sent from the 32WSS input (add) to the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E common receive (RX) port and back out the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E transmit (TX) line. The OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E line receives the looped signal from the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E TX port. It then passes the signal to the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E common TX port and into the OPT-PRE common RX line. The OPT-PRE sends the signal to the 32DMX card. The optical signal from the tunable laser or TXP_MR_10E_C card must pass successfully through the 32WSS card and out the 32DMX card.


note.gif

Noteblank.gif Optical power measurements require either a tunable laser or a multirate transponder to generate the proper optical wavelength. If multirate transponders were installed during completion of “Turn Up a Node,” they can be used for this procedure. No additional cabling changes are needed.



Step 1blank.gif Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the terminal node that you want to test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2.

Step 2blank.gif Display the terminal node in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode).

Step 3blank.gif Click the Alarms tab.

a.blank.gif Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b.blank.gif Verify that no equipment alarms (indicated by EQPT in the Cond column) appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. If equipment failure alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif If OSC terminations are created, an OSC channel alarm will appear.


Step 4blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Verify that all statuses under Link Status are listed as Success - Changed or Success - Unchanged. If a different status appears, or if errors (indicated in red) appear, delete the OSC channels and complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup. Provision the OSC channels when automatic node setup (ANS) is complete.

Step 5blank.gif Create a physical loopback on the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card by using a patchcord with 10-dB bulk attenuators to connect the LINE TX port to the LINE RX port.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will appear due to the OSC signal loopback. This is observed as an alarm on Port 1 of the OSCM or OSC-CSM card.


Step 6blank.gif Wait approximately two minutes, then verify that the OSC link is active on the Side A OSCM or OSC-CSM card by observing whether or not the loss of signal (LOS) alarm on the OSCM or OSC-CSM (and the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card, if present) clears. (The OSC termination must already be provisioned. If not, complete the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.)

note.gif

Noteblank.gif If the LOS alarm does not clear on the OSC-CSM card, verify that the opwrMin (dBm) Optic Thresholds setting for the OSC-RX port is not higher than the port's Optical Line power value. In the OSC-CSM card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optic Thresholds tabs and record the opwrMin (dBm) setting and compare it to the value found in the Power column for the OSC-RX port in the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Reduce the Optic Thresholds setting for the opwrMin (dBm) value temporarily until the loopback test has been completed to clear the LOS alarm. Reset the Optic Thresholds setting to its original value after clearing the physical loopback.


Step 7blank.gif If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following substeps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, continue with Step 8.

a.blank.gif Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b.blank.gif Set the tuner to the wavelength you will test, then continue with Step 9.

Step 8blank.gif If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, complete the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing for the TXP containing the wavelength you will test. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 9blank.gif Using the available patch panel, connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the CHAN RX 01 port on the 32WSS card.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif The tunable laser minimum Pout must be –6 dBm. If the output power is lower than –6 dBm, the 32WSS card might not reach the provisioned set point.


Step 10blank.gif Display the 32WSS card in card view.

Step 11blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelengths you will test. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 12blank.gif Click the Admin State table cell for the add (CHAN-RX) port carrying the tested wavelength, then choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the drop-down list. For example, if the tested wavelength is 1530.33 nm (shown as 1530.3), you would click the Port 1 (CHAN-RX) Admin State field and choose OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance from the drop-down list.

Step 13blank.gif Change the administrative state of the pass-through port corresponding to the port in Step 9 to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI). For example, if the tested wavelength is 1530.33 nm (shown as 1530.3), you would click the Port 33 (PASS-THROUGH) Admin State field and choose OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance from the drop-down list. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 14blank.gif Click Apply, then click Yes.

Step 15blank.gif Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 16blank.gif For Channel #1, change the Operating Mode to Add Drop.

Step 17blank.gif Click Apply, then click Yes.

Step 18blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelength under test.

Step 19blank.gif Verify that the actual power coming from the tunable laser or TXP_MR_10E_C card shown under the Power column is equal to the specified VOA Power Ref power (+/– 0.2 dB) shown in the same row.

Step 20blank.gif Click the Optical Line tab.

Step 21blank.gif Verify that the power value from Step 19 reaches the Shelf i Slot i (32WSS or 32DMX).Port COM-TX.Power set point +/– 1.0 dBm. To view this set point:

a.blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs.

b.blank.gif In the Selector window on the left, expand the 32WSS or 32DMX card.

c.blank.gif Expand the Port COM-TX category.

d.blank.gif Select Power.

e.blank.gif View the value of the Shelf i Slot i (32WSS or 32DMX).Port COM-TX.Power parameter on the right pane.

f.blank.gif If the power value does not match the value recorded in Step 19 (+/– 0.5 dB), contact your next level of support.

Step 22blank.gif If an OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power on the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E to ensure that the amplifier is working properly.

Step 23blank.gif If an OSC-CSM is installed, continue with Step 25. If an OPT-BST is installed, verify the connection between Port 67 (COM-TX) on the 32WSS and Port 1 (COM-RX) on the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards:

a.blank.gif Display the 32WSS card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line tabs.

c.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 83 (COM-TX).

d.blank.gif Display the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 1 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card and the 32WSS cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 24blank.gif If an OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L card is installed on the Side A or terminal side, complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power to ensure that the amplifier is working properly.

Step 25blank.gif Complete the following steps to verify the connection between Port 67 (COM-TX) on the 32WSS and Port 2 (COM-RX) on the OSC-CSM card:

a.blank.gif Display the 32WSS card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line tabs.

c.blank.gif Record the value in Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX).

d.blank.gif Display the OSC-CSM card in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 2 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OSC-CSM and 32WSS cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 26blank.gif Complete the following steps to verify the connection between Port 2 (COM-TX) on the OPT-PRE card and Port 33 (COM-RX) on the 32DMX card:

a.blank.gif Display the OPT-PRE card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > OptAmpliLine > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Record the value in Power table cell for Port 2 (COM-TX).

d.blank.gif Display the 32DMX card in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 33 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-PRE and 32DMX cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 27blank.gif Complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power on the OPT-PRE to ensure that the amplifier is working properly.

Step 28blank.gif Complete the G270 Verify the 32DMX or 40-DMX-C Power to verify that the 32DMX card is powered correctly.

Step 29blank.gif Display the 32WSS in card view.

Step 30blank.gif Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 31blank.gif For the circuit (channel) under test, click the Operating Mode table cell and choose Not Assigned from the drop-down list.

Step 32blank.gif Click Apply, then Yes.

Step 33blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelength under test.

Step 34blank.gif Click the Admin State table cell. Choose IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI) from the drop-down list for all ports that were changed to OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance.

Step 35blank.gif Click Apply, then Yes.

Step 36blank.gif Repeat Steps 7 through 35 for the remaining 31 wavelengths of the 100-Ghz grid to verify the correct behavior of all VOAs inside the 32WSS card.

Step 37blank.gif Disconnect the TXP card or tunable laser from the 32WSS card.

Step 38blank.gif Remove the loopback created in Step 5.

Step 39blank.gif Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup to restore the original configuration.

Step 40blank.gif Click the Alarms tab.

a.blank.gif Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b.blank.gif Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If equipment failure alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

Stop. You have completed this procedure.


 

DLP-G270 Verify the 32DMX or 40-DMX-C Power

 

Purpose

This task verifies that the 32DMX or 40-DMX-C card is provisioned to the correct power.

Tools/Equipment

None

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite or remote

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1blank.gif Display the 32DMX or 40-DMX-C card in card view.

Step 2blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

Step 3blank.gif Change the administrative state for the COM TX (Port 33 for the 32DMX or Port 41 for the 40-DMX-C) to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI)

Step 4blank.gif Click Apply, then Yes.

Step 5blank.gif Verify that the value shown in the power column is equal to the specified VOA Power Ref column (+/- 0.2dB).

Step 6blank.gif (Optional) Connect a power meter to the CHAN TX 01 port through the patch panel. Verify that the physical optical power value coming from the 32DMX or 40-DMX-C drop Port 1 is consistent with the Power value on the Parameters tab, +/– 1.0 dBm.

Step 7blank.gif Change the administrative state for the COM TX port to IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI).

Step 8blank.gif Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

NTP-G167 Perform the Terminal Node with 40-WSS-C and 40-DMX-C Cards Acceptance Test

 

Purpose

This acceptance test verifies that a terminal node with 40-WSS-C and 40-DMX-C cards installed is operating properly before you connect it to the network. The test verifies the operation of the amplifiers and also verifies that each 40-WSS-C and 40-DMX-C add/drop and pass-through port operates properly. The test also checks the power levels at each transmit and receive port to ensure that power loss in the cabling is within tolerance. If MMU cards are installed, the test verifies that the MMU insertion loss does not impact add, drop, or pass-through circuits.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_C

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

1 bulk attenuator (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

Chapter 4, “Turn Up a Node”

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Throughout this procedure, Side A refers to Slots 1 through 6, and Side B refers to Slots 12 through 17.


note.gif

Noteblank.gif This procedure creates an optical loopback on the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E line. An optical signal is sent from the 40-WSS-C input (add) to the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E common receive (RX) port and back out the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E transmit (TX) line. The OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E line receives the looped signal from the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E TX port. It then passes the signal to the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E common TX port and into the OPT-PRE common RX line. The OPT-PRE sends the signal to the 40-DMX-C. The optical signal from the tunable laser or TXP_MR_10E_C must pass successfully through the 40-WSS-C and out the 40-DMX-C.


note.gif

Noteblank.gif If the shelf is equipped with an OSC-CSM, this procedure creates an optical loopback on the OSC-CSM line. An optical signal is sent from the 40-WSS-C input (add) to the OSC-CSM common receive (RX) port and back out the OSC-CSM transmit (TX) line. The OSC-CSM line receives the looped signal from the OSC-CSM-TX port. It then passes the signal to the OSC-CSM common TX port and sends the signal to the 40DMX-C. The optical signal from the tunable lase or TXP_MR_!)E_C must pass successfully through the 40-WSS-C and out the 40DMX-C.


note.gif

Noteblank.gif Optical power measurements require either a tunable laser or a multirate transponder to generate the proper optical wavelength. If multirate transponders were installed during completion of “Turn Up a Node,” they can be used for this procedure. No additional cabling changes are needed.


warn.gif

Warningblank.gif The OSC-RX port opwrMin (dBm) Optic Thresholds setting provisioned by CTP can be set too high and generate LOS and Power Fail alarms for this port while performing an optical loopback on the OSC-CSM card. CTP provisions the opwrMin (dBm) Optic Thresholds value higher than the power received during the loopback test, because CTP calculates the thresholds based on the incoming amplified signal from an adjacent node instead of a loopbacked signal from the OSC-CSM card. To clear the alarms, reduce the Optic Thresholds setting for the opwrMin (dBm) value temporarily until the loopback test has been completed. Reset the Optic Thresholds setting to its original value after clearing the physical loopback.



Step 1blank.gif Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the terminal node that you want to test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2.

Step 2blank.gif Display the terminal node in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode).

Step 3blank.gif Click the Alarms tab.

a.blank.gif Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b.blank.gif Verify that no equipment alarms (indicated by EQPT in the Cond column) appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. If equipment failure alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif The OSC terminations created during node turn-up will generate LOS alarms on the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-AMP-17-C cards, and on the OSC-CSM and OSCM cards. If OSCM cards are installed in ANSI shelves, EOC SDCC Termination Failure alarms will appear.


Step 4blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Verify that all statuses under Link Status are listed as Success - Changed or Success - Unchanged. If other statuses appear, or if errors (indicated in red) appear, delete the OSC channels and complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup. Provision the OSC channels when ANS is complete.

Step 5blank.gif If no OSC terminations are present, complete the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Step 6blank.gif Create a physical loopback on the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, OPT-AMP-17, or OSC-CSM card by connecting a fiber optic jumper between the LINE TX and RX ports. For OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards, connect a 10 dB bulk attenuator to each end of the jumper. The OSC-CSM card does not require attenuation.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif For ANSI shelves, an EOC SDCC Termination Failure alarm will appear due to the OSC signal loopback. This is observed as an alarm on Port 1 of the OSCM or OSC-CSM card.


Step 7blank.gif Provision OSC terminations. Complete the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Step 8blank.gif Wait approximately two minutes, then verify that the OSC link is active on the Side A OSCM or OSC-CSM card by observing whether or not the LOS alarm on the OSCM or OSC-CSM (and the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card, if present) clears. (The OSC termination must already be provisioned. If not, complete the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.)

note.gif

Noteblank.gif If the LOS alarm does not clear on the OSC-CSM card, verify that the opwrMin (dBm) Optic Thresholds setting for the OSC-RX port is not higher than the port's Optical Line power value. In the OSC-CSM card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optic Thresholds tabs and record the opwrMin (dBm) setting and compare it to the value found in the Power column for the OSC-RX port in the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Reduce the Optic Thresholds setting for the opwrMin (dBm) value temporarily until the loopback test has been completed to clear the LOS alarm. Reset the Optic Thresholds setting to its original value after clearing the physical loopback.


Step 9blank.gif If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following substeps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, continue with Step 10.

a.blank.gif Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b.blank.gif Set the tuner to the wavelength you will test, then continue with Step 11.

Step 10blank.gif If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, complete the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing for the TXP containing the wavelength you will test. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 11blank.gif Using the available patch panel, connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the correct CHAN RX port on the 40-WSS-C card for the wavelength that you want to test. Refer to Table 4-1 on page 4-28, if needed. For example, if the tested wavelength is 1530.33 nm (shown as 1530.3), then connect the TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the Optical Connector 1, CHAN RX 01 port on the 40-WSS-C card.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif The tunable laser minimum Pout must be –6 dBm. If the output power is lower than –6 dBm, the 40-WSS-C card might not reach the provisioned set point.


Step 12blank.gif Display the 40-WSS-C card in card view.

Step 13blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelengths you will test. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 14blank.gif Click the Admin State table cell for the add (CHAN-RX) port carrying the tested wavelength, then choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the drop-down list. For example, if the tested wavelength is 1530.33 nm (shown as 1530.3), you would click the Port 1 (CHAN-RX) Admin State field and choose OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance from the drop-down list.

Step 15blank.gif Change the administrative state of the pass-through port corresponding to the port in Step 11 to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI). For example, if the tested wavelength is 1530.33 nm (shown as 1530.3), you would click the Port 41 (PASS-THROUGH) Admin State field and choose OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance from the drop-down list. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 16blank.gif Click Apply, then click Yes.

Step 17blank.gif Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 18blank.gif For Channel #1, change Operating Mode to Add Drop.

Step 19blank.gif Click Apply, then click Yes.

Step 20blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelength under test.

Step 21blank.gif Verify that the actual power coming from the tunable laser or TXP_MR_10E_C card shown under the Power column is equal to the specified VOA Power Ref power (+/– 0.2 dB) shown in the same row.

Step 22blank.gif Click the Optical Line tab.

Step 23blank.gif Verify that the power value from Step 21 reaches the Shelf i Slot i (40-WSS-C or 40-DMX-C).Port COM-TX.Power set point +/– 1.0 dBm. To view this set point:

a.blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs.

b.blank.gif In the Selector window on the left, expand the 40-WSS-C or 40-DMX-C card.

c.blank.gif Expand the Port COM-TX category.

d.blank.gif Select Power.

e.blank.gif View the value of the Shelf i Slot i (40-WSS-C or 40-DMX-C).Port COM-TX.Power parameter on the right pane.

f.blank.gif If the power value does not match the value recorded in Step 21 (+/– 0.5 dB), contact your next level of support.

Step 24blank.gif If an OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L card is installed, complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power on the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E to ensure that the amplifier is working properly. If an OSC-CSM is installed, complete the G84 Verify the OSC-CSM Incoming Power.

Step 25blank.gif If an OSC-CSM is installed, continue with Step 27. If an OPT-BST is installed, verify the connection between Port 83 (COM-TX) on the 40-WSS-C and Port 1 (COM-RX) on the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards:

a.blank.gif Display the 40-WSS-C card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line tabs.

c.blank.gif Record the value in the Power column for Port 83 (COM-TX).

d.blank.gif Display the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Verify that the value in the Power column for Port 1 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card and the 40-WSS-C cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 26blank.gif If an OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L card is installed on the Side A or terminal side, complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power to ensure that the amplifier is working properly. Continue with Step 29.

Step 27blank.gif Complete the following steps to verify the connection between Port 83 (COM-TX) on the 40-WSS-C and the Port 2 (COM-RX) on the OSC-CSM card:

a.blank.gif Display the 40-WSS-C card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line tabs.

c.blank.gif Record the value in Power table cell for Port 83 (COM-TX).

d.blank.gif Display the OSC-CSM card in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 2 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OSC-CSM and 40-WSS-C cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 28blank.gif Complete the following steps to verify the connection between Port 2 (COM-TX) on the OPT-PRE card and Port 41 (COM-RX) on the 40-DMX-C card:

a.blank.gif Display the OPT-PRE card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > OptAmpliLine > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Record the total output power in Power column for Port 2 (COM-TX).

d.blank.gif Display the 40-DMX-C card in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Verify that the value in the Power column for Port 41 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-PRE and 40-DMX-C cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 29blank.gif If an OPT-PRE card is installed on the Side A or terminal side, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power on the OPT-PRE card to ensure that the amplifier is working properly. If OSC-CSM cards are installed, complete the G84 Verify the OSC-CSM Incoming Power.

Step 30blank.gif Complete the G270 Verify the 32DMX or 40-DMX-C Power to verify that the 40-DMX-C card is powered correctly.

Step 31blank.gif Display the 40-WSS-C card in card view.

Step 32blank.gif Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 33blank.gif For the circuit (channel) under test, click the Operating Mode table cell and choose Not Assigned from the drop-down list.

Step 34blank.gif Click Apply, then Yes.

Step 35blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelength under test.

Step 36blank.gif Click the Admin State table cell. Choose IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI) from the drop-down list for all ports that were changed to OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance in Steps 13 and 14 of this procedure. For example, if the tested wavelength is 1430-33 nm (shown as 1530.3), you would click the Admin State field and choose IS,ANSI (ANSI) or Unlocked,AutomaticInService (ETSI) from the drop-down list for both Port 1 (CHAN-RX) and Port 41 (PASS-THROUGH).

Step 37blank.gif Repeat Steps 9 through 36 for the remaining 39 wavelengths of the 100-Ghz grid to verify the correct behavior of all VOAs inside the 40-WSS-C card.

Step 38blank.gif Disconnect the TXP card or tunable laser from the 40-WSS-C card.

Step 39blank.gif Remove the loopback created in Step 6.

Step 40blank.gif Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup to restore the original configuration.

Step 41blank.gif Click the Alarms tab.

a.blank.gif Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b.blank.gif Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If equipment failure alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

Stop. You have completed this procedure.


 

NTP-G153 Perform the Terminal Node with 32WSS-L and 32DMX-L Cards Acceptance Test

 

Purpose

This acceptance test verifies that a terminal node provisioned for L-band wavelengths is operating properly before you connect it to the network. The test verifies the operation of the amplifiers and also verifies that each add/drop and pass-through port on the 32WSS-L and 32DMX-L cards operates properly. The test also checks the power levels at each transmit and receive port to ensure that power loss in the cabling is within tolerance. If MMU cards are installed, the test verifies that the MMU insertion loss does not impact add, drop, or pass-through circuits.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_L

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

1 bulk attenuator (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

Chapter 4, “Turn Up a Node”

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Optical power measurements require either a tunable laser or a multirate transponder to generate the proper optical wavelength. If multirate transponders were installed during completion of “Turn Up a Node,” they can be used for this procedure. No additional cabling changes are needed.


note.gif

Noteblank.gif This procedure creates an optical loopback on the OPT-BST-L line. An optical signal is sent from the 32WSS-L input (add) to the OPT-BST-L common RX port and back out the OPT-BST-L TX line. The OPT-BST-L line receives the looped signal from the OPT-BST-L TX port. It then passes the signal to the OPT-BST-L common TX port and into the OPT-AMP-L (when provisioned in OPT-PRE mode) common RX port. The OPT-AMP-L card sends the signal to the 32DMX-L card. The optical signal from the tunable laser or TXP_MR_10E_L card must pass successfully through the 32WSS-L card and out the 32DMX-L card.



Step 1blank.gif Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the hub or terminal node that you want to test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2.

Step 2blank.gif Display the terminal node in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode).

Step 3blank.gif Click the Alarms tab.

a.blank.gif Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b.blank.gif Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If equipment failure alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif If OSC terminations are created, an OSC channel alarm will appear.


Step 4blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Verify that all statuses under Link Status are listed as Success - Changed, or Success - Unchanged. If a different status appears, or if errors (indicated in red) appear, delete the OSC channels and complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup. Provision the OSC channels when ANS is complete.

Step 5blank.gif Create a physical loopback on the OPT-BST-L, OCSM, or OSC-CSM card by using a patchcord with 10-dB bulk attenuators to connect the LINE TX port to the LINE RX port.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will appear due to the OSC signal loopback. This is observed as an alarm on Port 1 of the OSCM or OSC-CSM card.


Step 6blank.gif Wait approximately two minutes, then verify that the OSC link is active on the Side A OSCM or OSC-CSM card by observing whether or not the LOS alarm on the OSCM or OSC-CSM card (and the OPT-BST-L card, if present) clears. (The OSC termination must already be provisioned. If not, complete the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.)

Step 7blank.gif If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following substeps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_L card, continue with Step 8.

a.blank.gif Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b.blank.gif Set the tuner to the wavelength you will test, then continue with Step 9.

Step 8blank.gif If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_L card, complete the G358 Provision TXP_MR_10E_L Card for Acceptance Testing for the TXP containing the wavelength you will test.

Step 9blank.gif Using the available patch panel, connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_L card DWDM TX port to the CHAN RX 01 port on the 32WSS-L card.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif The tunable laser minimum Pout must be –6 dBm. If the output power is lower than –6 dBm, the 32WSS-L card might not reach the provisioned set point.


Step 10blank.gif Display the 32WSS-L card in card view.

Step 11blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelengths you will test. Refer to Table 5-2, if needed.

Step 12blank.gif Click the Admin State table cell for the add (CHAN-RX) port carrying the tested wavelength, then choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the drop-down list. For example, if the tested wavelength is 1577.86 nm (shown as 1577.8), you would click the Port 1 (CHAN-RX) Admin State field and choose OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance from the drop-down list.

Step 13blank.gif Change the administrative state of the pass-through port corresponding to the port in Step 9 to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI). For example, if the tested wavelength is 1577.86 nm (shown as 1577.86), you would click the Port 33 (PASS-THROUGH) Admin State field and choose OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance from the drop-down list. Refer to Table 5-2, if needed.

Step 14blank.gif Click Apply, then click Yes.

Step 15blank.gif Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 16blank.gif For channel under test, change Operating Mode to Add Drop.

Step 17blank.gif Click Apply, then click Yes.

Step 18blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters n tabs where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelength under test.

Step 19blank.gif Verify that the actual power coming from the tunable laser or TXP_MR_10E_L card shown under the Power column is equal to the specified VOA Power Ref power (+/– 0.2 dB) shown in the same row.

Step 20blank.gif Click the Optical Line tab.

Step 21blank.gif Verify that the power value from Step 19 reaches the Shelf i Slot i (32WSS-L or 32DMX-L).Port COM-TX.Power set point +/– 1.0 dBm. To view this set point:

a.blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs.

b.blank.gif In the Selector window on the left, expand the 32WSS-L or 32DMX-L card.

c.blank.gif Expand the Port COM-TX category.

d.blank.gif Select Power.

e.blank.gif View the value of the Shelf i Slot i (32WSS-L or 32DMX-L).Port COM-TX.Power parameter on the right pane.

f.blank.gif If the power value does not match the value recorded in Step 19 (+/– 0.5 dB), contact your next level of support.

Step 22blank.gif If an OPT-BST-L card is installed, complete the G359 Verify the OPT-BST-L or OPT-AMP-L (OPT-Line Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power on the OPT-BST-L card to ensure that the amplifier is working properly.

Step 23blank.gif If an OSC-CSM is installed, continue with Step 24. If an OPT-BST-L card is installed, verify the connection between Port 67 (COM-TX) on the 32WSS-L and Port 1 (COM-RX) on the OPT-BST-L cards:

a.blank.gif Display the 32WSS-L card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line tabs.

c.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX).

d.blank.gif Display the OPT-BST-L card in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 1 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST-L and 32WSS-L cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 24blank.gif If an OPT-BST-L card is installed on the Side A or terminal side, complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power to ensure the amplifier is working properly.

Step 25blank.gif Complete the following steps to verify the connection between Port 67 (COM-TX) on the 32WSS-L and the Port 2 (COM-RX) on the OSC-CSM card:

a.blank.gif Display the 32WSS-L card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line tabs.

c.blank.gif Record the value in Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX).

d.blank.gif Display the OSC-CSM card in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 2 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OSC-CSM and 32WSS-L cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 26blank.gif Complete the following steps to verify the connection between Port 2 (COM-TX) on the OPT-AMP-L card provisioned in OPT-PRE mode and Port 33 (COM-RX) on the 32DMX-L card:

a.blank.gif Display the OPT-AMP-L card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > OptAmpliLine > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Record the value in Power table cell for Port 2 (COM-TX).

d.blank.gif Display the 32DMX-L card in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 33 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-AMP-L and 32DMX-L cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 27blank.gif Complete the G360 Verify the OPT-AMP-L (OPT-PRE Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power on the OPT-PRE card to ensure that the amplifier is working properly.

Step 28blank.gif Complete the G361 Verify the 32DMX-L Power to verify that the 32DMX card is powered correctly.

Step 29blank.gif Display the 32WSS-L in card view.

Step 30blank.gif Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 31blank.gif For the circuit (channel) under test, click the Operating Mode table cell and choose Not Assigned from the drop-down list.

Step 32blank.gif Click Apply, then Yes.

Step 33blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelength under test.

Step 34blank.gif Click the Admin State table cell. Choose IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI) from the drop-down list for all ports that were changed to OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance.

Step 35blank.gif Repeat Steps 7 through 34 for the remaining wavelengths of the 100-Ghz grid to verify the correct behavior of all VOAs inside the 32WSS-L card.

Step 36blank.gif Disconnect the TXP card or tunable laser from the 32WSS-L card.

Step 37blank.gif Remove the loopback created in Step 5.

Step 38blank.gif Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup to restore the original configuration.

Step 39blank.gif Click the Alarms tab.

a.blank.gif Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b.blank.gif Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If equipment failure alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

Stop. You have completed this procedure.


 

DLP-G358 Provision TXP_MR_10E_L Card for Acceptance Testing

 

Purpose

This procedure provisions a TXP_MR_10E_L card for acceptance testing when a tunable laser is not available.

Tools/Equipment

TXP_MR_10E_L

Prerequisite Procedures

G179 Install the TXP, MXP, GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, 10GE_XPE, ADM-10G, and OTU2_XP Cards

G34 Install Fiber-Optic Cables on DWDM Cards and DCUs

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1blank.gif If you have installed and verified the TXP_MR_10E_L card, continue with Step 2. If you have not installed it, install the card using the G179 Install the TXP, MXP, GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, 10GE_XPE, ADM-10G, and OTU2_XP Cards.

Step 2blank.gif In Cisco Transport Controller (CTC), display the TXP_MR_10E_L card in card view.

Step 3blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Line > Service-Type tabs.

Step 4blank.gif Click the Admin State table cell for the trunk port and choose OOS,DSBLD (ANSI) or Locked,disabled (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

Step 5blank.gif Click Apply, then click Yes.

Step 6blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Card tabs.

Step 7blank.gif In the Wavelength field, choose the first wavelength required by the acceptance test.

Step 8blank.gif Click Apply.

Step 9blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Line > Service-Type tabs.

Step 10blank.gif Click the Admin State table cell for the trunk port and choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

Step 11blank.gif Click Apply, then click Yes.

Step 12blank.gif Connect a power meter to the DWDM TX port. Verify that the output power falls within –4.5 dBm and 1.0 dBm. If it does not fall within this range, replace the card or contact your next level of support.

Step 13blank.gif Repeat Steps 3 through 12 for all the installed TXP cards.

Step 14blank.gif Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-G359 Verify the OPT-BST-L or OPT-AMP-L (OPT-Line Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power

 

Purpose

This task verifies that the OPT-BST-L or OPT-AMP-L (when provisioned in OPT-Line mode) amplifier laser is on and provisioned to the correct power.

Tools/Equipment

None

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite or remote

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf mode), double-click the OPT-BST-L or OPT-AMP-L amplifier to display the card view.

Step 2blank.gif Click the Maintenance > ALS tabs. If the value in the Currently Shutdown field is NO, continue with Step 3blank.gif. If not, complete the following steps:

a.blank.gif Check the OSRI setting. If it is set to On, change it to Off and click Apply.

b.blank.gif Check the Currently Shutdown field. If it changes to NO, continue with Step 3. If not, contact your next level of support. The amplifier might need to be replaced.

Step 3blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Opt Ampli Line > Parameters tabs.

Step 4blank.gif Click Reset.

Step 5blank.gif Scroll to the right and locate the Signal Output Power parameter for Port 6. Verify that the Signal Output Power value is greater than or equal to 1.5 dBm.

If the Signal Output Power is not greater than or equal to 1.5 dBm, do not continue. Begin troubleshooting or contact your next level of support.

Step 6blank.gif Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-G360 Verify the OPT-AMP-L (OPT-PRE Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power

 

Purpose

This task verifies that the OPT-AMP-L (when provisioned in OPT-PRE mode) amplifier laser is on and provisioned to the correct power.

Tools/Equipment

None

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite or remote

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1blank.gif In node view (single-shelf view) or shelf view (multishelf view), double-click the OPT-AMP-L amplifier to display the card view.

Step 2blank.gif Click the Maintenance > ALS tabs.

Step 3blank.gif If the value shown in the Currently Shutdown field is NO, continue with Step 4. If not, complete the following steps:

a.blank.gif If the OSRI setting is set to ON, click the table cell and choose OFF from the drop-down list.

b.blank.gif Click Apply.

c.blank.gif Check the Currently Shutdown field. If it changes to NO, continue with Step 4. If not, contact your next level of support.

Step 4blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Opt Ampli Line > Parameters tabs.

Step 5blank.gif Locate the Signal Output Power parameter for Port 2. Verify that the Signal Output Power value is greater than or equal to 1.5 dBm. If the optical power is greater than or equal to 1.5 dBm, continue with Step 7. If the optical power is less than 1.5 dBm, check your connections and clean the fibers using the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors. If this does not change the power value, consult your next level of support.

Step 6blank.gif Scroll to the right to locate the DCU Insertion Loss parameter. Verify that the DCU Insertion Loss value is less than or equal to 10 dB.

If the optical power is not greater than or equal to 10 dB, do not continue. Begin troubleshooting or contact your next level of support.

Step 7blank.gif Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-G361 Verify the 32DMX-L Power

 

Purpose

This task verifies that the 32DMX-L card is provisioned to the correct power.

Tools/Equipment

None

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite or remote

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1blank.gif Display the 32DMX-L card in card view.

Step 2blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tabs.

Step 3blank.gif Change the administrative state for Port 33 to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI)

Step 4blank.gif Verify that the VOA Power Ref reaches the provisioned set point.

Step 5blank.gif Connect a power meter to the CHAN TX 01 port through the patch panel. Verify that the physical optical power value coming from drop Port 1 on the Side A 32DMX card is consistent with the value read (the maximum allowed error is +/– 1.0 dBm).

Step 6blank.gif Change the administrative state for Port 1 to OOS,DSBLD (ANSI) or Locked,disabled (ETSI).

Step 7blank.gif Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

NTP-G43 Perform the ROADM Node with 32WSS and 32DMX Cards Acceptance Test

 

Purpose

This acceptance test verifies that a ROADM node provisioned for C-band wavelengths is operating properly before you connect it to the network. The test verifies the operation of the amplifiers and also verifies that each add/drop and pass-through port on the 32WSS and 32DMX cards operates properly. The test also checks the power levels at each transmit and receive port to ensure that power loss in the cabling is within tolerance. If MMU cards are installed, the test verifies that the MMU insertion loss does not impact add, drop, or pass through circuits.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_C

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

Chapter 4, “Turn Up a Node”

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Optical power measurements require either a tunable laser or a multirate transponder to generate the proper optical wavelength. If multirate transponders were installed during completion of “Turn Up a Node,” they can be used for this procedure. No additional cabling changes are needed.


note.gif

Noteblank.gif Because the node is isolated and no line-side fibers are connected during the test, the power levels going into the line-side cards will not be the same as the levels after the node is connected to the network. Therefore, if the ROADM shelf does not contain either OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E amplifiers, and OPT-PRE amplifiers on both Side B and Side A, lower the OPT-PRE power thresholds so that it turns on properly. At the end of the test, you will run ANS to configure the node with the correct parameters for the network acceptance test.


note.gif

Noteblank.gif Throughout this procedure, Side A refers to Slots 1 through 8, and Side B refers to Slots 10 through 17.



Step 1blank.gif Make a copy of Table 5-1 and place it in a convenient location for reference throughout this procedure. The table shows the 32WSS ports and the wavelengths assigned to them. The 32 wavelengths are divided among four physical multifiber push on (MPO) connectors on the 32WSS card. Each MPO connector is assigned eight wavelengths. In CTC, the MPO connector appears in the card view Provisioning > Optical Connector tab. Each Optical Connector subtab represents an MPO connector. Ports 1 through 32 are the RX (add) ports; Ports 33 through 64 are the pass-through ports.

 

Table 5-1 32WSS Ports and Wavelengths Test Checklist

32WSS Provisioning Subtab
Port #
Wavelength
Tested: Pass-Through
Tested: Add/Drop Side A
Tested: Add/Drop Side B

Optical Chn:

Optical Connector 1

RX 1, PT 33

1530.33

 

 

 

RX 2, PT 34

1531.12

 

 

 

RX 3, PT 35

1531.90

 

 

 

RX 4, PT 36

1532.68

 

 

 

RX 5, PT 37

1534.25

 

 

 

RX 6, PT 38

1535.04

 

 

 

RX 7, PT 39

1535.82

 

 

 

RX 8, PT 40

1536.61

 

 

 

Optical Chn:

Optical Connector 2

RX 9, PT 41

1538.19

 

 

 

RX 10, PT 42

1538.98

 

 

 

RX 11, PT 43

1539.77

 

 

 

RX 12, PT 44

1540.56

 

 

 

RX 13, PT 45

1542.14

 

 

 

RX 14, PT 46

1542.94

 

 

 

RX 15, PT 47

1543.73

 

 

 

RX 16, PT 48

1544.53

 

 

 

Optical Chn:

Optical Connector 3

RX 17, PT 49

1546.12

 

 

 

RX 18, PT 50

1546.92

 

 

 

RX 19, PT 51

1547.72

 

 

 

RX 20, PT 52

1548.51

 

 

 

RX 21, PT 53

1550.12

 

 

 

RX 22, PT 54

1550.92

 

 

 

RX 23, PT 55

1551.72

 

 

 

RX 24, PT 56

1552.52

 

 

 

Optical Chn:

Optical Connector 4

RX 25, PT 57

1554.13

 

 

 

RX 26, PT 58

1554.94

 

 

 

RX 27, PT 59

1555.75

 

 

 

RX 28, PT 60

1556.55

 

 

 

RX 29, PT 61

1558.17

 

 

 

RX 30, PT 62

1558.98

 

 

 

RX 31, PT 63

1559.79

 

 

 

RX 32, PT 64

1560.61

 

 

 

Step 2blank.gif Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the ROADM node that you want to test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 3.

Step 3blank.gif Display the ROADM node in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode).

Step 4blank.gif Click the Alarms tab.

a.blank.gif Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b.blank.gif Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If equipment failure alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif The OSC terminations created during node turn-up will generate two alarms for each side of the shelf: one an LOS alarm on the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card, and the other an LOS alarm on the OSC-CSM or OSCM card. If OSCM cards are installed in ANSI shelves, EOC DCC Termination Failure alarms will appear.


Step 5blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Verify that all statuses under Link Status are either Success - Changed, or Success - Unchanged. If any are not, complete the following steps:

a.blank.gif Delete the two OSC channels using the G186 Delete an OSC Termination.

b.blank.gif Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup.

c.blank.gif Create the OSC channels using the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Step 6blank.gif If MMU cards are installed, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 7.

a.blank.gif Display the Side B MMU in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Click the Admin State table cell for the COM RX, COM TX, EXP RX, and EXP TX ports and choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

d.blank.gif Click Apply, then click Yes to confirm.

e.blank.gif Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

f.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

g.blank.gif Click the Admin State table cell for the COM RX, COM TX, EXP RX, and EXP TX ports and choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

Step 7blank.gif Display the Side B 32WSS card in card view.

Step 8blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelengths you will test. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 9blank.gif Click the Admin State table cell for the add port carrying the tested wavelength, then choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the drop-down list. For example, if the tested wavelength is 1530.33 nm (shown as 1530.3), you would click the Port 1 (CHAN-RX) Admin State field and choose OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance from the drop-down list.

Step 10blank.gif Change the administrative state of the pass-through port corresponding to the port in Step 9 to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI). For example, if the tested wavelength is 1530.33 nm (shown as 1530.3), you would click the Port 33 (PASS-THROUGH) Admin State field and choose OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance from the drop-down list. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 11blank.gif Click Apply, then click Yes to confirm.

Step 12blank.gif Repeat Steps 8 through 11 for each wavelength that you will test.

Step 13blank.gif Display the Side A 32WSS card in card view.

Step 14blank.gif Repeat Steps 8 through 12 for the Side A 32WSS card.

Step 15blank.gif Display the Side B 32DMX card in card view and complete the following steps:

a.blank.gif Choose the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

b.blank.gif For Port 33 (COM-RX), click the Admin State table cell and choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

c.blank.gif Click Apply, then click Yes to confirm.

Step 16blank.gif Repeat Step 15 for the Side A 32DMX card.

Step 17blank.gif Complete the G310 Verify ROADM Node C-Band Pass-Through Channels.

Step 18blank.gif Complete the following tasks for channels that will be added or dropped on the node.

Step 19blank.gif If MMU cards are installed, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 20.

a.blank.gif Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Click Admin State for the COM RX, COM TX, EXP RX, and EXP TX ports and choose IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

d.blank.gif Click Apply, then click Yes to confirm.

e.blank.gif Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

f.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

g.blank.gif Click Admin State for the COM RX, COM TX, EXP RX, and EXP TX ports and choose IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

Step 20blank.gif Display the Side B 32WSS card in card view.

Step 21blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelengths you tested.

Step 22blank.gif Click the Admin State table cell then choose IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI) from the drop-down list for all ports that were changed to OOS,MT or Locked,Maintenance in Steps 9 and 10 .

Step 23blank.gif Click Apply.

Step 24blank.gif Repeat Steps 21 through 23 for all the ports that are in OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance state on the Side B 32WSS card.

Step 25blank.gif Display the Side A 32WSS card in card view.

Step 26blank.gif Repeat Steps 21 through 23 for all ports on the Side A 32WSS card.

Step 27blank.gif Display the Side B 32DMX card in card view.

Step 28blank.gif Choose the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

Step 29blank.gif For Port 33, click the Admin State table cell and choose IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

Step 30blank.gif Click Apply.

Step 31blank.gif Display the Side A 32DMX card in card view.

Step 32blank.gif Repeat Steps 28 through 30 for the Side A 32DMX card.

Step 33blank.gif Delete both OSC channels using the G186 Delete an OSC Termination.

Step 34blank.gif Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup.

Step 35blank.gif Create the two OSC channels using the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Step 36blank.gif Click the Alarms tab.

a.blank.gif Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b.blank.gif Verify that no equipment failure alarms appear on the node. If alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

Stop. You have completed this procedure.


 

DLP-G310 Verify ROADM Node C-Band Pass-Through Channels

 

Purpose

This task verifies the signal flow through a ROADM node for C-band pass-through channels. Pass-through channels pass through both 32WSS cards. The channels pass through the first 32WSS from the COM-RX port to the EXP-TX port. In the second 32WSS, the channel goes from the EXP-RX port to the COM-TX port. The channel is not terminated inside the node. If MMU cards are installed, the channel passes through the MMU COM-RX and EXP-TX ports to the 32WSS COM-RX and EXP-TX ports on one side. On the other side, the channel goes from the 32WSS EXP-RX and COM-TX ports to the MMU EXP-RX and COM-TX ports.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_C

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

G38 Provision OSC Terminations

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Throughout this task, Side A refers to Slots 1 through 8, and Side B refers to Slots 10 through 17.



Step 1blank.gif Create a physical loopback on the Side A OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card by connecting the LINE TX port to its LINE RX port. For OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards, connect a 10-dB bulk attenuator to the fiber. (OSC-CSM cards do not require attenuation.)

caut.gif

Caution blank.gif Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 2blank.gif If an OPT-PRE amplifier or OSC-CSM card is installed on Side A (where the physical loopback was created), perform the following steps. If not, continue with Step 3.

a.blank.gif Display the OPT-PRE card in card view, then click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.

b.blank.gif In the Types area, click Alarm, then click Refresh. The alarm thresholds for the OPT-PRE card will appear.

c.blank.gif Double-click the Power Failure Low table cell for Port 1 (COM-RX) and delete the current value.

d.blank.gif Type a new value of –30.0 and press the Enter key.

e.blank.gif In the CTC window, click Apply, then click Yes in the confirmation dialog box.

Step 3blank.gif If an OPT-PRE or OSC-CSM card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 4.

a.blank.gif Display the Side B OPT-PRE card in card view, then click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.

b.blank.gif In the Types area, click Alarm, then click Refresh. The alarm thresholds for the OPT-PRE card will appear.

c.blank.gif Double-click the Power Failure Low table cell for Port 1 (COM-RX) and delete the current value.

d.blank.gif Type a new value of –30.0 and press the Enter key.

e.blank.gif In the CTC window, click Apply, then click Yes in the confirmation dialog box.

Step 4blank.gif Wait 2 to 3 minutes, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the Side A OSCM or OSC-CSM card and the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card have cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarms indicates that the OSC link is active on Side A. If the alarms do not clear, contact your next level of support.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif For ANSI shelves, an EOC SDCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback.


Step 5blank.gif Display the Side A 32WSS card in card view.

Step 6blank.gif Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 7blank.gif Click the Operating Mode table cell for the wavelength under test and choose Pass Through from the drop-down list.

Step 8blank.gif Click Apply, then click Yes to confirm.

Step 9blank.gif Display the Side B 32WSS card in card view.

Step 10blank.gif Repeat Steps 6 through 8 for the Side B 32WSS card.

Step 11blank.gif If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following steps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, continue with Step 12.

a.blank.gif Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b.blank.gif Set the tuner to the wavelength you will test, then continue with Step 13.

Step 12blank.gif If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, complete the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing for the TXP containing the wavelength you will test.

Step 13blank.gif Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the Side B OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM LINE RX port. If a Side B OPT-PRE is installed, insert a 10-dB attenuator on the fiber coming from the TXP_MR_10E_C card.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif If using a pre-installed TXP_MR-10E_C card that is connected to the 32DMX, there is no need to connect the TXP_MR_10E_C DWDM TX port to the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM LINE RX port. Install an optical loopback between the LINE TX and RX ports on the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card.


caut.gif

Caution blank.gif Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 14blank.gif If an OPT-PRE or OSC-CSM card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 15.

a.blank.gif Display the Side B OPT-PRE card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Power parameter for Port 1 (COM-RX). Record the value.

d.blank.gif Display the Side B OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Locate the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX) (OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E) or Port 3 (COM-TX) (OSC-CSM). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 2.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-PRE card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g.blank.gif For the Side B OPT-PRE card, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power.

Step 15blank.gif If an MMU card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps, then continue with Step 17. If an MMU card is not installed, continue with Step 16.

a.blank.gif Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 3 (COM-RX) power parameter. Record the value.

d.blank.gif If a Side B OPT-PRE card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e.blank.gif Click the OPT-PRE Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f.blank.gif If a Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h.blank.gif Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i.blank.gif Verify that value in the Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the MMU card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, OPT-PRE, or OSC-CSM cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

j.blank.gif Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

k.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

l.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 2 (EXP-TX) of the Side B MMU card.

m.blank.gif Display the Side B 32WSS card in card view.

n.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

o.blank.gif Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 68 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step l , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

p.blank.gif Continue with Step 17.

Step 16blank.gif Verify the Side B 32WSS card to OPT-BST, OPT-PRE, or OSC-CSM card cable connection:

a.blank.gif Display the Side B 32WSS in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 68 (COM-RX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d.blank.gif If a Side B OPT-PRE card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f.blank.gif If an OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed on Side B, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h.blank.gif Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i.blank.gif Verify that the value in Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS card and the OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 17blank.gif Verify the EXPRESS cable connection between the two 32WSS cards:

a.blank.gif Display the Side B 32WSS in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 65 (EXP-TX) Power parameter. Record the value.

a.blank.gif Display the Side A 32WSS in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Power value for EXPRESS Port 66 (EXP-RX). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/–1 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 18blank.gif Display the Side A 32WSS card in card view.

Step 19blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the connector number containing the wavelength you are testing. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 20blank.gif Wait 60 to 70 seconds (or click Reset), then locate the Power and VOA Power Ref parameters for the tested PASS-THROUGH port. Verify that the Power value is equal to the VOA Power Ref value, +/– 1.5 dBm. If the Power value is not equal to the VOA Power Ref value +/–1.5 dBm, contact your next level of support.

Step 21blank.gif If an MMU card is installed on Side A, complete the following steps. If an MMU card is not installed on Side A, continue with Step 22.

a.blank.gif Display the Side A 32WSS card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX).

d.blank.gif Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 1 (EXP-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 4 (COM-TX).

h.blank.gif If a Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step i . If not, continue with Step j .

i.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 1 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

j.blank.gif Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

k.blank.gif Verify that the value in Step i or j matches the power recorded in Step g , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card and the MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

l.blank.gif Continue with Step 23.

Step 22blank.gif If an OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card is installed on Side A, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 23.

a.blank.gif Display the Side A OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 1 (COM-RX) Power parameter (OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards) or the Port 2 (COM-RX) Power parameter (OSC-CSM cards). Record the value.

d.blank.gif Display the Side A 32WSS in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Locate the Power value for Port 67 (COM-TX). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/–1 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card and the 32WSS card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g.blank.gif For the Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card, complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power.

Step 23blank.gif If a OPT-PRE card is installed on Side A, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 24.

a.blank.gif Display the Side A OPT-PRE in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 1 (COM-RX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d.blank.gif Display the Side A OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Locate the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX) (OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E) or Port 3 (COM-TX) (OSC-CSM). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 2.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-PRE card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g.blank.gif For the Side A OPT-PRE, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power.

Step 24blank.gif If an MMU card is installed on Side A, complete the following steps, then continue with Step 26. If an MMU card is not installed on Side A, continue with Step 25.

a.blank.gif Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 3 (COM-RX) power parameter. Record the value.

d.blank.gif If a Side A OPT-PRE card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e.blank.gif Click the OPT-PRE Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f.blank.gif If a Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h.blank.gif Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i.blank.gif Verify that value in the Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the MMU card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, OPT-PRE, or OSC-CSM cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

j.blank.gif Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

k.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

l.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 2 (EXP-TX) of the Side A MMU card.

m.blank.gif Display the Side A 32WSS card in card view.

n.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

o.blank.gif Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 68 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step l , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS cards and the MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

p.blank.gif Continue with Step 26.

Step 25blank.gif Verify the Side A 32WSS card to OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, OPT-PRE, or OSC-CSM card cable connection:

a.blank.gif Display the Side A 32WSS in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 68 (COM-RX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d.blank.gif If a Side A OPT-PRE card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f.blank.gif If a Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h.blank.gif Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i.blank.gif Verify that the value in Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS card and the OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 26blank.gif Verify the EXPRESS cable connection between the two 32WSS cards:

a.blank.gif Display the Side A 32WSS card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 65 (EXP-TX) Power parameter. Record the value.

a.blank.gif Display the Side B 32WSS card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Power value for Port 66 (EXP-RX). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 27blank.gif Display the Side B 32WSS card in card view.

Step 28blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the connector number containing the wavelength you are testing. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 29blank.gif Wait 60 to 70 seconds (or click Reset), then locate the Power and VOA Power Ref parameters for the tested PASS-THROUGH port. Verify that the Power value is equal to the VOA Power Ref value, +/– 1.5 dBm. If the Power value is not equal to the VOA Power Ref value +/– 1.5 dBm, consult your next level of support.

Step 30blank.gif If an MMU card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If an MMU card is not installed on Side B, continue with Step 31.

a.blank.gif Display the Side B 32WSS card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX).

d.blank.gif Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 1 (EXP-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 4 (COM-TX).

h.blank.gif If a Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step i . If not, continue with Step j .

i.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 1 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

j.blank.gif Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

k.blank.gif Verify that the value in Step i or j matches the power recorded in Step g , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card and the MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

l.blank.gif Continue with Step 32.

Step 31blank.gif If an OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 32.

a.blank.gif Display the Side B OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 1 (COM-RX) Power parameter (OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards) or the Port 2 (COM-RX) Power parameter (OSC-CSM cards). Record the value.

d.blank.gif Display the Side B 32WSS card in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Locate the Power value for Port 67 (COM-TX). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/–1 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card and the 32WSS cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g.blank.gif For the Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card, complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power.

Step 32blank.gif Complete Steps 18 , 19 , 27 , and 28 for the additional wavelengths that you want to test. If you have tested all the wavelengths, continue with Step 33blank.gif.

Step 33blank.gif Display the Side B 32WSS card in card view.

Step 34blank.gif Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 35blank.gif In the Operating Mode area, click the table cell and choose Not Assigned from the drop-down list for all wavelengths.

Step 36blank.gif Click Apply, then click Yes to confirm.

Step 37blank.gif Display the Side A 32WSS card in card view.

Step 38blank.gif Repeat Steps 34 through 36 for the Side A 32WSS card.

Step 39blank.gif If you used a tunable laser or installed a TXP_MR_10E_C card for this test, disconnect it from the Side B OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM line side RX ports.

Step 40blank.gif Remove the loopback fiber from the line RX and TX in the Side A OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card.

Step 41blank.gif Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-G311 Verify the Side B ROADM C-Band Add/Drop Channels with 32WSS Cards

 

Purpose

This task verifies the signal flow through Side B of a ROADM node for C-band add/drop channels.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_C

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Throughout this task, Side A refers to Slots 1 through 8, and Side B refers to Slots 10 through 17.



Step 1blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), display the Alarms tab.

Step 2blank.gif Create a physical loopback on the Side B OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card by connecting the LINE TX port to its LINE RX port. For OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards, connect a 10-dB bulk attenuator to the fiber. (OSC-CSM cards do not require attenuation.)

caut.gif

Caution blank.gif Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 3blank.gif Wait 2 to 3 minutes, then click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the Side B OSCM or OSC-CSM card and the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card have cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarms indicates that the OSC link is active on Side B.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback.


Step 4blank.gif If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following steps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, continue with Step 5.

a.blank.gif Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b.blank.gif Set the tuner to the wavelength you are testing, then continue with Step 7.

Step 5blank.gif If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, complete the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing for the TXP containing the wavelength you will test. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 6blank.gif If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, complete the following steps. If you are using a tunable laser continue with Step 7.

a.blank.gif Display the TXP_MR_10E_C in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Performance > Optics PM > Current Values tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 2 (Trunk) table cell for the TX Optical Pwr parameter. Record the value.

Step 7blank.gif Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the Side B fiber patch panel MUX port that is connected to the Side B 32WSS card CHAN RX port carrying the tested wavelength. (If the TXP_MR_10E_C card was installed during “Turn Up a Node,” simply verify the cable connection.)

Step 8blank.gif Connect the TXP_MR_10E_C DWDM RX port or the power meter RX port to Side B fiber patch panel DMX port that is connected with the Side B 32DMX card CHAN-TX port carrying the tested wavelength. (If the TXP_MR_10E_C card was installed during “Turn Up a Node,” simply verify the cable connection.)

Step 9blank.gif Display the 32WSS card in card view.

Step 10blank.gif Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 11blank.gif For each wavelength that you will test, click the table cell in the Operating Mode column and choose Add Drop from the drop-down list.

Step 12blank.gif Click Apply and then Yes, to confirm.

Step 13blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelengths you will test. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 14blank.gif Find the tested wavelength CHAN RX port, then scroll to the right until you see the Power Add parameter. Verify that the Power Add value for the tested port CHAN RX is equal to the output power level of the tunable laser or the TXP_MR_10E_C card measured in Step 6, +/– 1.0 dBm.

Step 15blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX) for the wavelength under test.

Step 16blank.gif Verify that the power value from Step 15 reaches the Shelf i Slot i (32WSS).Port COM-TX.Power set point +/– 1.0 dBm on Side B. To view this set point:

a.blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs.

b.blank.gif In the Selector window on the left, expand the 32WSS card on Side B.

c.blank.gif Expand the Port COM-TX category.

d.blank.gif Select Power.

e.blank.gif View the value of the Shelf i Slot i (32WSS).Port COM-TX.Power parameter on the right pane.

f.blank.gif If the power value does not match the value recorded in Step 15 (+/– 2.0 dBm), contact your next level of support.

Step 17blank.gif If an MMU card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If an MMU card is not installed on Side B, continue with Step 18.

a.blank.gif Display the Side B 32WSS card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX).

d.blank.gif Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 1 (EXP-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 4 (COM-TX).

h.blank.gif If a Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step i . If not, continue with Step j .

i.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 1 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

j.blank.gif Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

k.blank.gif Verify that the value in Step i or j matches the power recorded in Step g , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card and the MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

l.blank.gif Continue with Step 19.

Step 18blank.gif Verify the connection between the 32WSS card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E or OSC-CSM cards:

a.blank.gif Display the Side B 32WSS card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX).

d.blank.gif If a OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed on Side B, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 1 (COM-RX), then continue with Step g .

f.blank.gif Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-RX), then continue with Step g .

g.blank.gif Verify that the value in Step e or f matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If so, continue with Step 19. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card and the 32WSS cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 19blank.gif If an OPT-PRE card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 20.

a.blank.gif Display the Side B OPT-PRE in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Power parameter for Port 1 (COM-RX). Record the value.

d.blank.gif Display the Side B OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Locate the Port 2 (COM-TX) Power value (for OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards) or Port 3 (COM-TX) Power value (for OSC-CSM cards). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-PRE card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g.blank.gif For the Side B OPT-PRE card, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power.

Step 20blank.gif If an MMU card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If an MMU card is not installed on Side B, continue with Step 21.

a.blank.gif Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 68 (COM-RX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d.blank.gif If an OPT-PRE card is installed on Side B, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e.blank.gif Click the OPT-PRE Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs. Record the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f.blank.gif If a Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h.blank.gif Display a Side B OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i.blank.gif Verify that value in the Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the MMU card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

j.blank.gif Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

k.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

l.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 2 (EXP-TX).

m.blank.gif Display the Side B 32WSS card in card view.

n.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

o.blank.gif Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 68 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step l , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

p.blank.gif Continue with Step 22.

Step 21blank.gif Verify the connection between the Side B 32WSS card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, OPT-PRE, or OSC-CSM card:

a.blank.gif Display the Side B 32WSS in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 68 (COM-RX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d.blank.gif If a Side B OPT-PRE card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f.blank.gif If a Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h.blank.gif Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i.blank.gif Verify that the value in Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS card and the OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, or OSC-CSM card.

Step 22blank.gif Verify the Side B 32WSS and 32DMX connection:

a.blank.gif Display the Side B 32WSS card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the value in the Power table cell for Port 69 (DROP-TX).

c.blank.gif Display the Side B 32DMX card in card view.

d.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Record the value in the Port 33 (COM-RX) table cell. Verify that the value is equal to the value recorded in b , +/– 1.0 dBm. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS and 32DMX cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 23blank.gif Display the Side B 32DMX card in card view.

Step 24blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tab. Record the CHAN-TX port value under the Power parameter for the wavelength under test.

Step 25blank.gif Verify that the power value from Step 24 reaches the Shelf i Slot i (32DMX).Port CHAN-TX.Power set point +/– 2 dBm on Side B. To view this set point:

a.blank.gif Go to node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) and click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs.

b.blank.gif In the Selector window on the left, expand the 32DMX card on Side B.

c.blank.gif Expand the Port CHAN-TX category.

d.blank.gif Select Power.

e.blank.gif View the value of the Shelf i Slot i (32DMX).Port CHAN-TX.Power parameter on the right pane.

f.blank.gif If the power value does not match the value recorded in Step 24 (+/– 2 dBm), contact your next level of support.

Step 26blank.gif If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, display it in card view. If not, read the values called for in Step 28 from the optical test set or tunable laser you are using.

Step 27blank.gif Click the Performance > Optics PM > Current Values tabs.

Step 28blank.gif In the Port 2 (Trunk) column, locate the RX Optical Power value. Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step 24, +/– 2 dBm. If the power values do not match (+/– 2 dBm), complete the following steps:

a.blank.gif Remove, clean, and replace the cable connecting the TXP_MR_10E_C RX port to the Side B fiber patch panel DMX port for the tested wavelength. See the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors.

b.blank.gif Repeat this step. If the power values still do not match (+/– 2 dBm) contact your next level of support.

Step 29blank.gif Repeat Steps 4 through 28 for the remaining wavelengths.

Step 30blank.gif Display the Side B 32WSS card in card view.

Step 31blank.gif Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 32blank.gif Click the table cell in the Operating Mode column and choose Not Assigned from the drop-down list for all wavelengths.

Step 33blank.gif Click Apply, then click Yes to confirm.

Step 34blank.gif If you used a tunable laser or installed a TXP_MR_10E_C card for this test, disconnect it from the Side B patch panel.

Step 35blank.gif Unplug the physical loopback fiber from the line TX and RX in the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card.

Step 36blank.gif Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-G312 Verify the Side A ROADM C-Band Add/Drop Channels with 32WSS Cards

 

Purpose

This procedure verifies the signal flow through Side A of an ROADM node for C-band add/drop channels.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_C

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Throughout this task, Side A refers to Slots 1 through 8, and Side B refers to Slots 10 through 17.



Step 1blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), display the Alarms tab.

Step 2blank.gif Create a physical loopback on the Side A OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card by connecting the LINE TX port to its LINE RX port. For OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards, connect a 10-dB bulk attenuator to the fiber. (OSC-CSM cards do not require attenuation.)

caut.gif

Caution blank.gif Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 3blank.gif Wait 2 to 3 minutes, then click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the Side A OSCM or OSC-CSM card and the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card have cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarms indicates that the OSC link is active on Side A.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback.


Step 4blank.gif If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following steps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, continue with Step 5.

a.blank.gif Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b.blank.gif Set the tuner to the wavelength you are testing, then continue with Step 7.

Step 5blank.gif If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, complete the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing for the TXP containing the wavelength you will test. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 6blank.gif If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, complete the following steps. If you are using a tunable laser continue with Step 7.

a.blank.gif Display the TXP_MR_10E_C in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Performance > Optics PM > Current Values tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 2 (Trunk) table cell for the TX Optical Pwr parameter. Record the value.

Step 7blank.gif Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the Side A fiber patch panel MUX port that is connected to the Side A 32WSS card CHAN RX port carrying the tested wavelength. (If the TXP_MR_10E_C card was installed during “Turn Up a Node,” simply verify the cable connection.)

Step 8blank.gif Connect the TXP_MR_10E_C DWDM RX port or the power meter RX port to the Side A fiber patch panel DMX port that is connected with the Side A 32DMX card CHAN-TX port carrying the tested wavelength. (If the TXP_MR_10E_C card was installed during “Turn Up a Node,” simply verify the cable connection.)

Step 9blank.gif Display the 32WSS card in card view.

Step 10blank.gif Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 11blank.gif For each wavelength that you will test, click the table cell in the Operating Mode column and choose Add Drop from the drop-down list.

Step 12blank.gif Click Apply and then Yes, to confirm.

Step 13blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelengths you will test. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 14blank.gif Find the tested wavelength CHAN RX port, then scroll to the right until you see the Power Add parameter. Verify that the Power Add value for the tested port CHAN RX is equal to the output power level of the tunable laser or the TXP_MR_10E_C card measured in Step 6, +/– 1.0 dBm.

Step 15blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX) for the wavelength under test.

Step 16blank.gif Verify that the power value from Step 15 reaches the Shelf i Slot i (32WSS).Port COM-TX.Power set point +/– 1.0 dBm on Side A. To view this set point:

a.blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs.

b.blank.gif In the Selector window on the left, expand the 32WSS card on Side A.

c.blank.gif Expand the Port COM-TX category.

d.blank.gif Select Power.

e.blank.gif View the value of the Shelf i Slot i (32WSS).Port COM-TX.Power parameter on the right pane.

f.blank.gif If the power value does not match the value recorded in Step 15 (+/– 2.0 dBm), contact your next level of support.

Step 17blank.gif If an MMU card is installed on Side A, complete the following steps. If an MMU card is not installed on Side A, continue with Step 18.

a.blank.gif Display the Side A 32WSS card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX).

d.blank.gif Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 1 (EXP-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 4 (COM-TX).

h.blank.gif If a Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step i . If not, continue with Step j .

i.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 1 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

j.blank.gif Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

k.blank.gif Verify that the value in Step i or j matches the power recorded in Step g , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card and the MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

l.blank.gif Continue with Step 19.

Step 18blank.gif Verify the connection between the 32WSS card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM cards:

a.blank.gif Display the Side A 32WSS card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX).

d.blank.gif If a OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed on Side A, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 1 (COM-RX), then continue with Step g .

f.blank.gif Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-RX), then continue with Step g .

g.blank.gif Verify that the value in Step e or f matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If so, continue with Step 19. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card and the 32WSS cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 19blank.gif If an OPT-PRE card is installed on Side A, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 20.

a.blank.gif Display the Side A OPT-PRE in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Power parameter for Port 1 (COM-RX). Record the value.

d.blank.gif Display the Side A OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Locate the Port 2 (COM-TX) Power value (for OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards) or Port 3 (COM-TX) Power value (for OSC-CSM cards). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-PRE card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g.blank.gif For the Side A OPT-PRE card, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power.

Step 20blank.gif If an MMU card is installed on Side A, complete the following steps. If an MMU card is not installed on Side A, continue with Step 21.

a.blank.gif Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 68 (COM-RX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d.blank.gif If an OPT-PRE card is installed on Side A, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e.blank.gif Click the OPT-PRE Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs. Record the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f.blank.gif If a Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h.blank.gif Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i.blank.gif Verify that value in the Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the MMU card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

j.blank.gif Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

k.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

l.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 2 (EXP-TX).

m.blank.gif Display a Side A 32WSS card in card view.

n.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

o.blank.gif Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 68 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step l , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

p.blank.gif Continue with Step 22.

Step 21blank.gif Verify the connection between the Side A 32WSS card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, OPT-PRE, or OSC-CSM card:

a.blank.gif Display the Side A 32WSS in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 68 (COM-RX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d.blank.gif If a Side A OPT-PRE card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f.blank.gif If a Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h.blank.gif Display a Side A OSC-CSM card in card view. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i.blank.gif Verify that the value in Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS card and the OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, or OSC-CSM card.

Step 22blank.gif Verify the Side A 32WSS and 32DMX connection:

a.blank.gif Display the Side A 32WSS card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the value in the Power table cell for Port 69 (DROP-TX).

c.blank.gif Display the Side A 32DMX card in card view.

d.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Record the value in the Port 2 (COM-RX) table cell. Verify that the value is equal to the value recorded in Step b , +/– 1.0 dBm. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS and 32DMX cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 23blank.gif Display the Side A 32DMX card in card view.

Step 24blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tab. Record the CHAN-TX port value under the Power parameter for the wavelength under test.

Step 25blank.gif Verify that the power value recorded in Step 24 reaches the Shelf i Slot i (32DMX).Port CHAN-TX.Power set point +/– 2 dBm on Side A. To view this set point:

a.blank.gif Go to node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) and click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs.

b.blank.gif In the Selector window on the left, expand 32DMX card on Side A.

c.blank.gif Expand the CHAN-TX category.

d.blank.gif Select Power.

e.blank.gif View the value of the Shelf i Slot i (32DMX).Port CHAN-TX.Power parameter on the right pane.

f.blank.gif If the power value does not match the value recorded in Step 24 (+/– 2 dBm), contact your next level of support.

Step 26blank.gif Display the TXP_MR_10E_C card in card view.

Step 27blank.gif Click the Performance > Optics PM > Current Values tabs.

Step 28blank.gif In the Port 2 (Trunk) column, locate the RX Optical Power value. Verify that the value matches the power in Step 24, +/– 2 dBm. If the power values do not match (+/– 2 dBm), complete the following steps:

a.blank.gif Remove, clean, and replace the cable connecting the TXP_MR_10E_C RX port to the Side A fiber patch panel DMX port for the tested wavelength. See the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors.

b.blank.gif Repeat this step. If the power values still do not match (+/– 2 dBm) contact your next level of support.

Step 29blank.gif Repeat Steps 4 through 28 for the remaining wavelengths.

Step 30blank.gif Display the Side A 32WSS card in card view.

Step 31blank.gif Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 32blank.gif Click the table cell in the Operating Mode column and choose Not Assigned from the drop-down list for all wavelengths.

Step 33blank.gif Click Apply, then click Yes to confirm.

Step 34blank.gif Disconnect the TXP or tunable laser from the Side A patch panel.

Step 35blank.gif Unplug the physical loopback fiber from the line TX and RX in the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card.

Step 36blank.gif Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

NTP-G154 Perform the ROADM Node with 32WSS-L and 32DMX-L Cards Acceptance Test

 

Purpose

This acceptance test verifies that a ROADM node provisioned for L-band wavelengths is operating properly before you connect it to the network. The test verifies the operation of the amplifiers and also verifies that each add/drop and pass-through port on the 32WSS-L and 32DMX-L cards operates properly. The test also checks the power levels at each transmit and receive port to ensure that power loss in the cabling is within tolerance. If MMU cards are installed, the test verifies that the MMU insertion loss does not impact add, drop, or pass-through traffic.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_L

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

Chapter 4, “Turn Up a Node”

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Optical power measurements require either a tunable laser or a multirate transponder to generate the proper optical wavelength. If multirate transponders were installed during completion of “Turn Up a Node,” they can be used for this procedure. No additional cabling changes are needed.


note.gif

Noteblank.gif Because the node is isolated and no line-side fibers are connected during the test, the power levels going into the line-side components will not be the same as they would be in a real network setup. Therefore, if the ROADM shelf does not contain OPT-BST-L and OPT-AMP-L (provisioned in OPT-PRE mode) amplifiers on both Side B and Side A, you must lower the OPT-AMP-L power thresholds so that it turns on properly. At the end of the test, you will run ANS to configure the node with the correct parameters for the network acceptance test.



Step 1blank.gif Make a copy of Table 5-2 and place it in a convenient location for reference throughout this procedure. The table shows the 32WSS-L ports and the wavelengths assigned to them. The 32 wavelengths are divided among four physical MPO connectors on the 32WSS-L card. Each MPO connector is assigned eight wavelengths. In CTC, the MPO connector appears in the card view Provisioning > Optical Connector tab. Each Optical Connector subtab represents an MPO connector. Ports 1 through 32 are the channel RX (add) ports; Ports 33 through 64 are the pass-through ports.

 

Table 5-2 32WSS-L Ports and Wavelengths Test Checklist

32WSS-L Provisioning Subtab
Port #
Wavelength
Tested: Pass-Through
Tested: Add/Drop Side A
Tested: Add/Drop Side B

Optical Chn:

Optical Connector 1

RX 1, PT 33

1577.86

 

 

 

RX 2, PT 34

1578.69

 

 

 

RX 3, PT 35

1579.52

 

 

 

RX 4, PT 36

1580.35

 

 

 

RX 5, PT 37

1581.18

 

 

 

RX 6, PT 38

1582.02

 

 

 

RX 7, PT 39

1582.85

 

 

 

RX 8, PT 40

1583.69

 

 

 

Optical Chn:

Optical Connector 2

RX 9, PT 41

1584.53

 

 

 

RX 10, PT 42

1585.36

 

 

 

RX 11, PT 43

1586.20

 

 

 

RX 12, PT 44

1587.04

 

 

 

RX 13, PT 45

1587.88

 

 

 

RX 14, PT 46

1588.73

 

 

 

RX 15, PT 47

1589.57

 

 

 

RX 16, PT 48

1590.41

 

 

 

Optical Chn:

Optical Connector 3

RX 17, PT 49

1591.26

 

 

 

RX 18, PT 50

1592.10

 

 

 

RX 19, PT 51

1592.95

 

 

 

RX 20, PT 52

1593.79

 

 

 

RX 21, PT 53

1594.64

 

 

 

RX 22, PT 54

1595.49

 

 

 

RX 23, PT 55

1596.34

 

 

 

RX 24, PT 56

1597.19

 

 

 

Optical Chn:

Optical Connector 4

RX 25, PT 57

1598.04

 

 

 

RX 26, PT 58

1598.89

 

 

 

RX 27, PT 59

1599.75

 

 

 

RX 28, PT 60

1600.60

 

 

 

RX 29, PT 61

1601.46

 

 

 

RX 30, PT 62

1602.31

 

 

 

RX 31, PT 63

1603.17

 

 

 

RX 32, PT 64

1604.03

 

 

 

Step 2blank.gif Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the ROADM node that you want to test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 3.

Step 3blank.gif Display the ROADM node in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode).

Step 4blank.gif Click the Alarms tab.

a.blank.gif Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b.blank.gif Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If equipment failure alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif The OSC terminations created during node turn-up will generate two alarms for each side of the shelf, one for an LOS on the OPT-BST-L card, and the other for an LOS on the OSC-CSM or OSCM card. If OSCM cards are installed on ANSI shelves, EOC DCC Termination Failure alarms will appear.


Step 5blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Verify that all statuses under Link Status are listed as Success - Changed or Success - Unchanged. If any are not, complete the following steps:

a.blank.gif Delete the two OSC channels using the G186 Delete an OSC Termination.

b.blank.gif Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup.

c.blank.gif Create the OSC channels using the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Step 6blank.gif If MMU cards are installed, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 7.

a.blank.gif Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Click the Admin State table cell for the COM RX, COM TX, EXP RX, and EXP TX ports and choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

d.blank.gif Click Apply, then click Yes to confirm.

e.blank.gif Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

f.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

g.blank.gif Click the Admin State table cell for the COM RX, COM TX, EXP RX, and EXP TX ports and choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

Step 7blank.gif Display the Side B 32WSS-L in card view.

Step 8blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelengths you will test. Refer to Table 5-2, if needed.

Step 9blank.gif Click the Admin State table cell for the add port carrying the tested wavelength, then choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the drop-down list. For example, if the tested wavelength is 1530.33 nm (shown as 1530.3), you would click the Port 1 (CHAN-RX) Admin State field and choose OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance from the drop-down list.

Step 10blank.gif Change the administrative state of the pass-through port corresponding to the port in Step 9 to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI). For example, if the tested wavelength is 1577.86 nm (shown as 1577.8), you would click the Port 33 (PASS-THROUGH) Admin State field and choose OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance from the drop-down list. Refer to Table 5-2, if needed.

Step 11blank.gif Click Apply, then click Yes to confirm.

Step 12blank.gif Repeat Steps 8 through 11 for all wavelengths that you will test.

Step 13blank.gif Display the Side A 32WSS-L in card view.

Step 14blank.gif Repeat Steps 8 through 12 for the Side A 32WSS-L card.

Step 15blank.gif Display the Side B 32DMX-L in card view and complete the following steps:

a.blank.gif Choose the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

b.blank.gif For Port 33 (COM-RX), click the Admin State table cell and choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

c.blank.gif Click Apply, then click Yes to confirm.

Step 16blank.gif Repeat Step 15 for the Side A 32DMX-L card.

Step 17blank.gif Complete the G362 Verify ROADM Node L-Band Pass-Through Channels.

Step 18blank.gif Complete the following tasks for channels that will be added or dropped on the node.

Step 19blank.gif If MMU cards are installed, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 20.

a.blank.gif Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Click the Admin State table cell for the COM RX, COM TX, EXP RX, and EXP TX ports and choose IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

d.blank.gif Click Apply, then click Yes to confirm.

e.blank.gif Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

f.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

g.blank.gif Click the Admin State table cell for the COM RX, COM TX, EXP RX, and EXP TX ports and choose IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

Step 20blank.gif Display the Side B 32WSS-L card in card view.

Step 21blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelengths you tested.

Step 22blank.gif Click the Admin State table cell then choose IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI) from the drop-down list for all ports that were changed to OOS,MT or Locked,Maintenance.

Step 23blank.gif Click Apply.

Step 24blank.gif Repeat Steps 21 through 23 for all the ports that are OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance on the Side B 32WSS-L card.

Step 25blank.gif Display the Side A 32WSS-L card in card view.

Step 26blank.gif Repeat Steps 21 through 24 for all ports on the Side A 32WSS-L card.

Step 27blank.gif Display the Side B 32DMX-L card in card view.

Step 28blank.gif Choose the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

Step 29blank.gif For Port 33, click the Admin State table cell and choose IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

Step 30blank.gif Click Apply.

Step 31blank.gif Display the Side A 32DMX-L card in card view.

Step 32blank.gif Repeat Steps 28 through 30 for the Side A 32DMX-L card.

Step 33blank.gif Delete both OSC channels using the G186 Delete an OSC Termination.

Step 34blank.gif Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup.

Step 35blank.gif Create the two OSC channels using the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Step 36blank.gif Click the Alarms tab.

a.blank.gif Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b.blank.gif Verify that no equipment failure alarms appear on the node. If alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

Stop. You have completed this procedure.


 

DLP-G362 Verify ROADM Node L-Band Pass-Through Channels

 

Purpose

This task verifies the signal flow through a ROADM node for L-band pass-through channels. Configuring a channel pass-through mode means that the channel passes through both 32WSS-L cards. The channel passes through the first 32WSS-L card from the COM RX port to the EXP TX port. In the second 32WSS-L card, the channel goes from the EXP RX port to the COM TX port. The channel is not terminated inside the node. If MMU cards are installed, the channel passes through the MMU COM RX and EXP TX ports to the 32WSS-L COM RX and EXP TX ports on one side. On the other side, the channel goes from the 32WSS-L EXP RX and 32WSS-L COM TX ports to the MMU EXP RX and COM TX.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_L

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Throughout this task, Side A refers to Slots 1 through 8, and Side B refers to Slots 10 through 17.



Step 1blank.gif Create a physical loopback on the Side A OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card by connecting the LINE TX port to its LINE RX port. For OPT-BST-L cards, connect a 10-dB bulk attenuator to the fiber. (OSC-CSM cards do not require attenuation.)

caut.gif

Caution blank.gif Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 2blank.gif If an OPT-AMP-L amplifier (provisioned in OPT-PRE mode) is installed on Side A (where the physical loopback was created), perform the following steps. If not, continue with Step 3.

a.blank.gif Display the OPT-AMP-L card in card view, then click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.

b.blank.gif In the Types area, click Alarm, then click Refresh. The alarm thresholds for the OPT-AMP-L card will appear.

c.blank.gif Double-click the Power Failure Low table cell for Port 1 (1-Line-2-1 RX) and delete the current value.

d.blank.gif Type a new value of –30. Press the Enter key.

e.blank.gif In the CTC window, click Apply, then click Yes in the confirmation dialog box.

Step 3blank.gif If an OPT-AMP-L amplifier (provisioned in OPT-PRE mode) is installed on Side B (where the physical loopback was created), perform the following steps. If not, continue with Step 4.

a.blank.gif Display the OPT-AMP-L card in card view, then click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.

b.blank.gif In the Types area, click Alarm, then click Refresh. The alarm thresholds for the OPT-AMP-L card will appear.

c.blank.gif Double-click the Power Failure Low table cell for Port 1 (1-Line-2-1 RX) and delete the current value.

d.blank.gif Type a new value of –30. Press the Enter key.

e.blank.gif In the CTC window, click Apply, then click Yes in the confirmation dialog box.

Step 4blank.gif Wait 2 to 3 minutes, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the Side A OSCM or OSC-CSM card and the OPT-BST-L card have cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarms indicates that the OSC link is active on Side A. If the alarms do not clear, contact your next level of support.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback.


Step 5blank.gif Display the Side A 32WSS-L card in card view.

Step 6blank.gif Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 7blank.gif Click the Operating Mode table cell and choose Pass Through from the drop-down list.

Step 8blank.gif Click Apply, then click Yes to confirm.

Step 9blank.gif Display the Side B 32WSS-L card in card view.

Step 10blank.gif Repeat Steps 6 through 8 for the Side B 32WSS-L card.

Step 11blank.gif If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following steps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_L card, continue with Step 12.

a.blank.gif Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b.blank.gif Set the tuner to the wavelength you will test, then continue with Step 13.

Step 12blank.gif If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_L card, complete the G358 Provision TXP_MR_10E_L Card for Acceptance Testing for the TXP containing the wavelength you will test.

Step 13blank.gif Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_L card DWDM TX port to the Side B OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM LINE RX port. If a Side B OPT-AMP-L card is installed, insert a 10-dB attenuator on the fiber coming from the TXP_MR_10E_L card.

caut.gif

Caution blank.gif Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 14blank.gif If an OPT-AMP-L card configured as an OPT-PRE is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 15.

a.blank.gif Display the Side B OPT-AMP-L card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Power parameter for Port 1. Record the value.

d.blank.gif Display the Side B OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Locate the Power value for Port 2 (if an OPT-BST-L card) or Port 3 (if an OSC-CSM card). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-AMP-L card and the OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g.blank.gif Complete the G360 Verify the OPT-AMP-L (OPT-PRE Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power.

Step 15blank.gif If MMU cards are installed complete the following steps. If an MMU cards are not installed, continue with Step 16.

a.blank.gif Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 3 (COM-RX) power parameter. Record the value.

d.blank.gif If a Side B OPT-AMP-L card provisioned as an OPT-PRE is installed, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e.blank.gif Click the OPT-AMP-L Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f.blank.gif If a Side B OPT-BST-L card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h.blank.gif Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i.blank.gif Verify that value in Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the MMU card and the OPT-BST-L, OPT-AMP-L, or OSC-CSM cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

j.blank.gif Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

k.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

l.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 2 (EXP-TX) of the Side B MMU card.

m.blank.gif Display the Side B 32WSS-L card in card view.

n.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

o.blank.gif Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 68 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step l , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

p.blank.gif Continue with Step 17.

Step 16blank.gif Verify the Side B 32WSS-L to OPT-BST-L, OPT-AMP-L, or OSC-CSM card cable connection:

a.blank.gif Display the Side B 32WSS-L card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 68 Power parameter. Record the value.

d.blank.gif If a Side B OPT-AMP-L card provisioned as an OPT-PRE is installed, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Total Output Power value for Port 2, then continue with Step i .

f.blank.gif If a Side B OPT-BST-L card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3, then continue with Step i .

h.blank.gif D isplay the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2, then continue with Step i .

i.blank.gif Verify that the value in Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS-L card and the OPT-AMP-L, OPT-BST-L, or OSC-CSM card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 17blank.gif Verify the EXPRESS cable connection between the two 32WSS-L cards:

a.blank.gif Display the Side B 32WSS-L card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 65 (EXP-TX) Power parameter. Record the value.

a.blank.gif Display the Side A 32WSS-L card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Power value for Port 66 (EXP-RX). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/–1 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS-L cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 18blank.gif Display the Side A 32WSS-L card in card view.

Step 19blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the connector number containing the wavelength you are testing. Refer to Table 5-2, if needed.

Step 20blank.gif Wait 60 to 70 seconds, then locate the Power and VOA Power Ref parameters for the tested PASS-THROUGH port. Verify that the Power value is equal to the VOA Power Ref value, +/– 1.5 dBm. If the Power value is not equal to the VOA Power Ref value, +/– 1.5 dBm, contact your next level of support.

Step 21blank.gif If an MMU card is installed on Side A, complete the following steps. If an MMU card is not installed on Side A, continue with Step 22.

a.blank.gif Display the Side A 32WSS-L card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX).

d.blank.gif Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 1 (EXP-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 4 (COM-TX).

h.blank.gif If an OPT-BST-L card is installed on Side A, display it in card view and complete Step i . If not, continue with Step j .

i.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 1 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

j.blank.gif Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

k.blank.gif Verify that the value in Step i or j matches the power recorded in Step g , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card, and the MMU card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

l.blank.gif Continue with Step 23.

Step 22blank.gif If an OPT-BST-L card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 23.

a.blank.gif Display the Side B OPT-BST-L card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 1 Power parameter. Record the value.

d.blank.gif Display the Side B 32WSS-L card in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Locate the Power value for Port 67. Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/–1 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST-L and 32WSS-L cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g.blank.gif Complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power.

Step 23blank.gif If a Side A OPT-AMP-L card provisioned as an OPT-PRE is installed, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 24.

a.blank.gif Display the Side A OPT-AMP-L card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Power parameter for Port 1 (COM-RX). Record the value.

d.blank.gif Display the Side A OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Locate the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX) (OPT-BST-L) or Port 3 (COM-TX) (OSC-CSM). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 2.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-AMP-L card and the OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g.blank.gif For the Side A OPT-AMP-L card provisioned as an OPT-PRE, complete the G360 Verify the OPT-AMP-L (OPT-PRE Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power.

Step 24blank.gif If an MMU card is installed on Side A, complete the following steps, then continue with Step 26. If an MMU card is not installed on Side A, continue with Step 25.

a.blank.gif Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 3 (COM-RX) power parameter. Record the value.

d.blank.gif If a Side A OPT-AMP-L card provisioned in OPT-PRE mode is installed, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e.blank.gif Click the OPT-AMP-L Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f.blank.gif If an OPT-BST-L card is installed on Side A, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h.blank.gif Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i.blank.gif Verify that value in the Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the MMU card and the OPT-BST-L, OPT-AMP-L, or OSC-CSM cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

j.blank.gif Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

k.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

l.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 2 (EXP-TX) of the Side A MMU card.

m.blank.gif Display the Side A 32WSS-L card in card view.

n.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

o.blank.gif Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 68 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step l , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS and cards and the MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

p.blank.gif Continue with Step 26.

Step 25blank.gif Verify the Side A 32WSS-L card to OPT-BST-L, OPT-AMP-L, or OSC-CSM card cable connection:

a.blank.gif Display the Side A 32WSS-L card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 68 (COM-RX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d.blank.gif If a Side A OPT-AMP-L card is installed, display it in card view, and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f.blank.gif If a Side A OPT-BST-L card is installed, display it in card view, and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h.blank.gif D isplay the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i.blank.gif Verify that the value in Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/–1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS-L card and the OPT-AMP-L, OPT-BST-L, or OSC-CSM card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 26blank.gif Verify the EXPRESS cable connection between the two 32WSS-L cards:

a.blank.gif Display the Side A 32WSS-L card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 65 (EXP-TX) Power parameter. Record the value.

a.blank.gif Display the Side B 32WSS-L card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Power value for Port 66 (EXP-RX). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS-L cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 27blank.gif Display the Side B 32WSS-L card in card view.

Step 28blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the connector number containing the wavelength you are testing. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 29blank.gif Wait 60 to 70 seconds (or click Reset), then locate the Power and VOA Power Ref parameters for the tested PASS-THROUGH port. Verify that the Power value is equal to the VOA Power Ref value, +/– 1.5 dBm. If the Power value is not equal to the VOA Power Ref value +/– 1.5 dBm, consult your next level of support.

Step 30blank.gif If an MMU card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If an MMU card is not installed on Side B, continue with Step 31.

a.blank.gif Display the Side B 32WSS-L card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX).

d.blank.gif Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 1 (EXP-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS-L and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 4 (COM-TX).

h.blank.gif If a Side B OPT-BST-L card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step i . If not, continue with Step j .

i.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 1 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

j.blank.gif Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

k.blank.gif Verify that the value in Step i or j matches the power recorded in Step g , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card and the MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

l.blank.gif Continue with Step 32.

Step 31blank.gif If an OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 32.

a.blank.gif Display the Side B OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 1 (COM-RX) Power parameter (OPT-BST-L card) or the Port 2 (COM-RX) Power parameter (OSC-CSM card). Record the value.

d.blank.gif Display the Side B 32WSS-L card in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Locate the Power value for Port 67 (COM-TX). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/–1 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST-L card and the OSC-CSM or 32WSS-L card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g.blank.gif Complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power.

Step 32blank.gif Repeat Steps 18 through 20 and 27 through 29 for the remaining wavelengths to be tested. If you have tested all the wavelengths, continue with Step 33blank.gif.

Step 33blank.gif Display the Side B 32WSS-L card in card view.

Step 34blank.gif Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 35blank.gif In the Operating Mode, click the table cell and choose Not Assigned from the drop-down list for all wavelengths.

Step 36blank.gif Click Apply, then click Yes to confirm.

Step 37blank.gif Display the Side A 32WSS-L in card view.

Step 38blank.gif Repeat Steps 34 through 36 for the Side A 32WSS-L card.

Step 39blank.gif Remove the TXP or tunable laser from the Side B OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM line side TX and RX ports.

Step 40blank.gif Remove the loopback fiber from the line RX and TX in the Side A OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card.

Step 41blank.gif Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-G363 Verify the Side B ROADM L-Band Add/Drop Channels

 

Purpose

This procedure verifies the signal flow through Side B of a ROADM node for L-band add/drop channels.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_L

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Throughout this task, Side A refers to Slots 1 through 8, and Side B refers to Slots 10 through 17.



Step 1blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), display the Alarms tab.

Step 2blank.gif Create a physical loopback on the Side B OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card by connecting the LINE TX port to its LINE RX port. For OPT-BST-L cards, connect a 10-dB bulk attenuator to the fiber. (OSC-CSM cards do not require attenuation.)

caut.gif

Caution blank.gif Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 3blank.gif Wait 2 to 3 minutes, then click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the Side B OSCM or OSC-CSM card and the OPT-BST-L card have cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarms indicates that the OSC link is active on Side B.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif For ANSI shelves, EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback.


Step 4blank.gif If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following steps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_L card, continue with Step 5.

a.blank.gif Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b.blank.gif Set the tuner to the wavelength you are testing, then continue with Step 7.

Step 5blank.gif If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_L card, complete the G358 Provision TXP_MR_10E_L Card for Acceptance Testing for the TXP containing the wavelength you will test. See Table 5-2, if needed.

Step 6blank.gif If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_L card, complete the following steps. If you are using a tunable laser, continue with Step 7.

a.blank.gif Display the TXP_MR_10E_L in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Performance > Optics PM > Current Values tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 2 (Trunk) table cell for the TX Optical Pwr parameter. Record the value.

Step 7blank.gif Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_L card DWDM TX port to the Side B fiber patch panel MUX port that corresponds to the Side B 32WSS-L card port carrying the tested wavelength.

Step 8blank.gif Connect the TXP_MR_10E_L DWDM RX port or the power meter RX port to the Side B fiber patch panel DMX port that is connected with the Side B 32DMX-L card CHAN-TX port carrying the tested wavelength. (If the TXP_MR_10E_L card was installed during “Turn Up a Node,” simply verify the cable connection.)

Step 9blank.gif Display the 32WSS-L card in card view.

Step 10blank.gif Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 11blank.gif For each wavelength that you will test, click the table cell in the Operating Mode column and choose Add Drop from the drop-down list.

Step 12blank.gif Click Apply and then Yes, to confirm.

Step 13blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelengths you will test. Refer to Table 5-2, if needed.

Step 14blank.gif Find the tested wavelength CHAN RX port, then scroll to the right until you see the Power Add parameter. Verify that the Power Add value for the tested port CHAN RX is equal to the output power level of the tunable laser or the TXP_MR_10E_L card measured in Step 6, +/– 1.0 dBm.

Step 15blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX) for the wavelength under test.

Step 16blank.gif Verify that the power value from Step 15 reaches the Shelf i Slot i (32WSS-L).Port COM-TX.Power set +/– 1.0 dBm on Side B. To view this set point:

a.blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs.

b.blank.gif In the Selector window on the left, expand the 32WSS-L card on Side B.

c.blank.gif Expand the COM-TX category.

d.blank.gif Select Power.

e.blank.gif View the value of the Shelf i Slot i (32WSS-L).Port COM-TX.Power parameter on the right pane.

f.blank.gif If the power value does not match the value recorded in Step 15 (+/– 2.0 dBm), contact your next level of support.

Step 17blank.gif If an MMU card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If an MMU card is not installed on Side B, continue with Step 18.

a.blank.gif Display the Side B 32WSS-L card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX).

d.blank.gif Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 1 (EXP-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS-L and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 4 (COM-TX).

h.blank.gif If a Side B OPT-BST-L card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step i . If not, continue with Step j .

i.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 1 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

j.blank.gif Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

k.blank.gif Verify that the value in Step i or j matches the power recorded in Step g , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card and the MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

l.blank.gif Continue with Step 19.

Step 18blank.gif Verify the connection between the 32WSS-L card and the OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM cards:

a.blank.gif Display the Side B 32WSS-L card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX).

d.blank.gif If a OPT-BST-L card is installed on Side B, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 1 (COM-RX), then continue with Step g .

f.blank.gif Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-RX), then continue with Step g .

g.blank.gif Verify that the value in Step e or f matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If so, continue with Step 19. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card and the 32WSS-L cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 19blank.gif If an OPT-AMP-L card provisioned in OPT-PRE mode is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 20.

a.blank.gif Display the Side B OPT-AMP-L card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Power parameter for Port 1 (COM-RX). Record the value.

d.blank.gif Display the Side B OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Locate the Port 2 (COM-TX) Power value (for OPT-BST-L cards) or Port 3 (COM-TX) Power value (for OSC-CSM cards). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-AMP-L card and the OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g.blank.gif For the Side B OPT-AMP-L card, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power.

Step 20blank.gif If an MMU card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If an MMU card is not installed on Side B, continue with Step 21.

a.blank.gif Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 68 (COM-RX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d.blank.gif If an OPT-AMP-L card provisioned in OPT-PRE mode is installed on Side B, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e.blank.gif Click the OPT-PRE Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs. Record the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f.blank.gif If a Side B OPT-BST-L card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h.blank.gif Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i.blank.gif Verify that value in the Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the MMU card and the OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

j.blank.gif Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

k.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

l.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 2 (EXP-TX).

m.blank.gif Display the Side B 32WSS-L card in card view.

n.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

o.blank.gif Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 68 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step l , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS-L and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

p.blank.gif Continue with Step 22.

Step 21blank.gif Verify the connection between the Side B 32WSS-L card and the OPT-BST-L, OPT-AMP-L (in OPT-PRE mode), or OSC-CSM card:

a.blank.gif Display the Side B 32WSS-L in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 68 (COM-RX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d.blank.gif If a Side B OPT-AMP-L card provisioned in OPT-PRE mode is installed, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f.blank.gif If a Side B OPT-BST-L card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h.blank.gif Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i.blank.gif Verify that the value in Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS-L card and the OPT-AMP-L, OPT-BST-L, or OSC-CSM card.

Step 22blank.gif Verify the Side B 32WSS-L and 32DMX-L connection:

a.blank.gif Display the Side B 32WSS-L card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the value in the Power table cell for Port 69 (DROP-TX).

c.blank.gif Display the Side B 32DMX-L card in card view.

d.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Record the value in the Port 2 (COM-RX) table cell. Verify that the value is equal to the value recorded in b , +/– 1.0 dBm. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS-L and 32DMX-L cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 23blank.gif Display the Side B 32DMX-L card in card view.

Step 24blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tab. Record the CHAN-TX port value under the Power parameter for the wavelength under test.

Step 25blank.gif Verify that the power value from Step 24 reaches the Shelf i Slot i (32DMX-L).Port CHAN-TX.Power set point +/– 2 dBm on Side B. To view this set point:

a.blank.gif Go to node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) and click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs.

b.blank.gif In the Selector window on the left, expand the 32DMX-L card.

c.blank.gif Expand the CHAN-TX category.

d.blank.gif Select Power.

e.blank.gif View the value of the Side B Shelf i Slot i (32DMX-L).Port CHAN-TX.Power parameter on the right pane.

f.blank.gif If the power value does not match the value recorded in Step 24 (+/– 2 dBm), contact your next level of support.

Step 26blank.gif Display the TXP_MR_10E_L card in card view.

Step 27blank.gif Click the Performance > Optics PM > Current Values tabs.

Step 28blank.gif In the Port 2 (Trunk) column, locate the RX Optical Power value. Verify that the value matches the power in Step 24, +/– 2 dBm. If the power values do not match (+/– 2 dBm), complete the following steps:

a.blank.gif Remove, clean, and replace the cable connecting the TXP_MR_10E_C RX port to the Side B fiber patch panel DMX port for the tested wavelength. See the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors.

b.blank.gif Repeat this step. If the power values still do not match (+/– 2 dBm) contact your next level of support.

Step 29blank.gif Repeat Steps 4 through 28 for the remaining wavelengths.

Step 30blank.gif Display the Side B 32WSS-L card in card view.

Step 31blank.gif Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 32blank.gif Click the table cell in the Operating Mode column and choose Not Assigned from the drop-down list for all wavelengths.

Step 33blank.gif Click Apply, then click Yes to confirm.

Step 34blank.gif Disconnect the TXP or tunable laser from the Side B patch panel.

Step 35blank.gif Unplug the physical loopback fiber from the line TX and RX in the OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card.

Step 36blank.gif Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-G364 Verify the Side A ROADM L-Band Add/Drop Channels

 

Purpose

This procedure verifies the signal flow through Side A of a ROADM node for L-band add/drop channels.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_L

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Throughout this task, Side A refers to Slots 1 through 8, and Side B refers to Slots 10 through 17.



Step 1blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), display the Alarms tab.

Step 2blank.gif Create a physical loopback on the Side A OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card by connecting the LINE TX port to its LINE RX port. For OPT-BST-L cards, connect a 10-dB bulk attenuator to the fiber. (OSC-CSM cards do not require attenuation.)

caut.gif

Caution blank.gif Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 3blank.gif Wait 2 to 3 minutes, then click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the Side A OSCM or OSC-CSM card and the OPT-BST-L card have cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarms indicates that the OSC link is active on Side A.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback.


Step 4blank.gif If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following steps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_L card, continue with Step 5.

a.blank.gif Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b.blank.gif Set the tuner to the wavelength you are testing, then continue with Step 7.

Step 5blank.gif If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_L card, complete the G358 Provision TXP_MR_10E_L Card for Acceptance Testing for the TXP containing the wavelength you will test. Refer to Table 5-2, if needed.

Step 6blank.gif If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_L card, complete the following steps. If you are using a tunable laser, continue with Step 7.

a.blank.gif Display the TXP_MR_10E_L in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Performance > Optics PM > Current Values tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 2 (Trunk) table cell for the TX Optical Pwr parameter. Record the value.

Step 7blank.gif Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_L card DWDM TX port to the Side A fiber patch panel MUX port that corresponds to the Side A 32WSS-L card port carrying the tested wavelength.

Step 8blank.gif Connect the TXP_MR_10E_L DWDM RX port or the power meter RX port to the Side A fiber patch panel DMX port that is connected with the Side A 32DMX-L card CHAN-TX port carrying the tested wavelength. (If the TXP_MR_10E_L card was installed during “Turn Up a Node,” simply verify the cable connection.)

Step 9blank.gif Display the 32WSS-L card in card view.

Step 10blank.gif Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 11blank.gif For each wavelength that you will test, click the table cell in the Operating Mode column and choose Add Drop from the drop-down list.

Step 12blank.gif Click Apply and then Yes, to confirm.

Step 13blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelengths you will test. Refer to Table 5-2, if needed.

Step 14blank.gif Find the tested wavelength CHAN RX port, then scroll to the right until you see the Power Add parameter. Verify that the Power Add value for the tested port CHAN RX is equal to the output power level of the tunable laser or the TXP_MR_10E_L card measured in Step 6, +/– 1.0 dBm.

Step 15blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX) for the wavelength under test.

Step 16blank.gif Verify that the power value from Step 15 reaches the Shelf i Slot i (32WSS-L).Port COM-TX.Power +/– 1.0 dBm on Side A. To view this set point:

a.blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs.

b.blank.gif In the Selector window on the left, expand the 32WSS-L card on Side A.

c.blank.gif Expand the Port COM-TX category.

d.blank.gif Select Power.

e.blank.gif View the Shelf i Slot i (32WSS-L).Port COM-TX.Power parameter on the right pane.

f.blank.gif If the power value does not match the value recorded in Step 15 (+/– 2.0 dBm), contact your next level of support.

Step 17blank.gif If an MMU card is installed on Side A, complete the following steps. If an MMU card is not installed on Side A, continue with Step 18.

a.blank.gif Display the Side A 32WSS-L card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX).

d.blank.gif Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 1 (EXP-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS-L and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 4 (COM-TX).

h.blank.gif If a Side A OPT-BST-L card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step i . If not, continue with Step j .

i.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 1 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

j.blank.gif Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

k.blank.gif Verify that the value in Step i or j matches the power recorded in Step g , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card and the MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

l.blank.gif Continue with Step 19.

Step 18blank.gif Verify the connection between the 32WSS-L card and the OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM cards:

a.blank.gif Display the Side A 32WSS-L card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX).

d.blank.gif If a OPT-BST-L card is installed on Side A, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 1 (COM-RX), then continue with Step g .

f.blank.gif Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-RX), then continue with Step g .

g.blank.gif Verify that the value in Step e or f matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If so, continue with Step 19. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card and the 32WSS-L cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 19blank.gif If an OPT-AMP-L card provisioned in OPT-PRE mode is installed on Side A, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 20.

a.blank.gif Display the Side A OPT-AMP-L card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Power parameter for Port 1 (COM-RX). Record the value.

d.blank.gif Display the Side A OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Locate the Port 2 (COM-TX) Power value (for OPT-BST-L cards) or Port 3 (COM-TX) Power value (for OSC-CSM cards). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-AMP-L card and the OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g.blank.gif For the Side A OPT-AMP-L card, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power.

Step 20blank.gif If an MMU card is installed on Side A, complete the following steps. If an MMU card is not installed on Side A, continue with Step 21.

a.blank.gif Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 68 (COM-RX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d.blank.gif If an OPT-AMP-L card provisioned in OPT-PRE mode is installed on Side A, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e.blank.gif Click the OPT-PRE Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs. Record the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f.blank.gif If a Side A OPT-BST-L card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h.blank.gif Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i.blank.gif Verify that value in the Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the MMU card and the OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

j.blank.gif Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

k.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

l.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 2 (EXP-TX).

m.blank.gif Display the Side A 32WSS-L card in card view.

n.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

o.blank.gif Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 68 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step l , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS-L and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

p.blank.gif Continue with Step 22.

Step 21blank.gif Verify the connection between the Side A 32WSS-L card and the OPT-BST-L, OPT-AMP-L (in OPT-PRE mode), or OSC-CSM card:

a.blank.gif Display the Side A 32WSS-L in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 68 (COM-RX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d.blank.gif If a Side A OPT-AMP-L card provisioned in OPT-PRE mode is installed, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f.blank.gif If a Side A OPT-BST-L card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h.blank.gif Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i.blank.gif Verify that the value in Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS-L card and the OPT-AMP-L, OPT-BST-L, or OSC-CSM card.

Step 22blank.gif Verify the Side A 32WSS-L and 32DMX-L connection:

a.blank.gif Display the Side A 32WSS-L card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the value in the Power table cell for Port 69 (DROP-TX).

c.blank.gif Display the Side A 32DMX-L card in card view.

d.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Record the value in the Port 2 (COM-RX) table cell. Verify that the value is equal to the value recorded in b , +/– 1.0 dBm. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 32WSS-L and 32DMX-L cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 23blank.gif Display the Side A 32DMX-L card in card view.

Step 24blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tab. Record the CHAN-TX port value under the Power parameter for the wavelength under test.

Step 25blank.gif Verify that the power value from Step 24 reaches the Shelf i Slot i (32DMX-L).Port CHAN-TX.Power set point +/– 2 dBm on Side A. To view this set point:

a.blank.gif Go to node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) and click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs.

b.blank.gif In the Selector window on the left, expand the 32DMX-L card on Side A.

c.blank.gif Expand the Port CHAN-TX category.

d.blank.gif Select Power.

e.blank.gif View the value of the Shelf i Slot i (32DMX-L).Port CHAN-TX.Power parameter on the right pane.

f.blank.gif If the power value does not match the value recorded in Step 24 (+/– 2 dBm), contact your next level of support.

Step 26blank.gif Display the TXP_MR_10E_L card in card view.

Step 27blank.gif Click the Performance > Optics PM > Current Values tabs.

Step 28blank.gif In the Port 2 (Trunk) column, locate the RX Optical Power value. Verify that the value matches the power in Step 24, +/– 2 dBm. If the power values do not match (+/– 2 dBm), complete the following steps:

a.blank.gif Remove, clean, and replace the cable connecting the TXP_MR_10E_L RX port to the Side A fiber patch panel DMX port for the tested wavelength. See the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors.

b.blank.gif Repeat this step. If the power values still do not match (+/– 2 dBm) contact your next level of support.

Step 29blank.gif Repeat Steps 4 through 28 for the remaining wavelengths.

Step 30blank.gif Display the Side A 32WSS-L card in card view.

Step 31blank.gif Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 32blank.gif Click the table cell in the Operating Mode column and choose Not Assigned from the drop-down list for all wavelengths.

Step 33blank.gif Click Apply, then click Yes to confirm.

Step 34blank.gif Disconnect the TXP or tunable laser from the Side A patch panel.

Step 35blank.gif Unplug the physical loopback fiber from the line TX and RX in the OPT-BST-L or OSC-CSM card.

Step 36blank.gif Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

NTP-G180 Perform the ROADM Node with 40-WSS-C and 40-DMX-C Cards Acceptance Test

 

Purpose

This acceptance test verifies that a ROADM node provisioned for C-band wavelengths is operating properly before you connect it to the network. The test verifies the operation of the amplifiers and also verifies that each add/drop and pass-through port on the 40-WSS-C and 40-DMX-C cards operates properly. The test also checks the power levels at each transmit and receive port to ensure that power loss in the cabling is within tolerance. If MMU cards are installed, the test verifies that the MMU insertion loss does not impact add, drop, or pass through circuits.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_C

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

Chapter 4, “Turn Up a Node”

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Optical power measurements require either a tunable laser or a multirate transponder to generate the proper optical wavelength. If multirate transponders were installed during completion of “Turn Up a Node,” they can be used for this procedure. No additional cabling changes are needed.


note.gif

Noteblank.gif Because the node is isolated and no line-side fibers are connected during the test, the power levels going into the line-side cards will not be the same as the levels after the node is connected to the network. Therefore, if the ROADM shelf does not contain either OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E amplifiers, and OPT-PRE amplifiers on both the Side B and Side A sides, lower the OPT-PRE power thresholds so that the ROADM shelf turns on properly. At the end of the test, you will run ANS to configure the node with the correct parameters for the network acceptance test.


note.gif

Noteblank.gif Throughout this procedure, Side A refers to Slots 1 through 8, and Side B refers to Slots 10 through 17.



Step 1blank.gif Make a copy of Table 5-3 and place it in a convenient location for reference throughout this procedure. The table shows the 40-WSS-C ports and the wavelengths assigned to them. The 40 wavelengths are divided among five physical multi-fiber push on (MPO) connectors on the 40-WSS-C card. Each MPO connector is assigned eight wavelengths. In Cisco Transport controller (CTC), the MPO connector appears in the card view Provisioning > Optical Chn:Optical Connector tab. Each Optical Connector subtab represents an MPO connector. Ports 1 through 40 are the channel (CHAN) RX (add) ports; Ports 41 through 80 are the pass-through ports.

 

Step 2blank.gif Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the ROADM node that you want to test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 3.

Step 3blank.gif Display the ROADM node in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode).

Step 4blank.gif Click the Alarms tab.

a.blank.gif Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b.blank.gif Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If equipment failure alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif The OSC terminations created during node turn-up will generate LOS alarms on the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-AMP-C cards, and on the OSC-CSM and OSCM cards. If OSCM cards are installed in ANSI shelves, EOC SDCC Termination Failure alarms will also appear.


Step 5blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Verify that all statuses under Link Status are either Success - Changed or Success - Unchanged. If any are not, complete the following steps:

a.blank.gif Delete the two OSC channels using the G186 Delete an OSC Termination.

b.blank.gif Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup.

c.blank.gif Create the OSC channels using the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif The OSC terminations created will generate LOS alarms on the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, OPT-AMP-C cards and on the OSC-CSM and OSCM cards. If OSCM cards are installed in ANSI shelves, EOC DCC Termination Failure alarms will also appear.


Step 6blank.gif If MMU cards are installed, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 7.

a.blank.gif Display the Side B MMU in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Click the Admin State table cell for the COM RX, COM TX, EXP RX, and EXP TX ports and choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

d.blank.gif Click Apply, then click Yes to confirm.

e.blank.gif Display the Side A MMU in card view.

f.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

g.blank.gif Click the Admin State table cell for the COM RX, COM TX, EXP RX, and EXP TX ports and choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

Step 7blank.gif Display the Side B 40-WSS-C in card view.

Step 8blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelengths you will test. Refer to Table 5-3 , if needed.

Step 9blank.gif Click the Admin State table cell for the add port carrying the tested wavelength, then choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the drop-down list. For example, if the tested wavelength is 1530.33 nm (shown as 1530.3), you would click the Port 1 (CHAN-RX) Admin State field and choose OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance from the drop-down list.

Step 10blank.gif Change the administrative state of the pass-through port corresponding to the port in Step 9 to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI). For example, if the tested wavelength is 1530.33 nm (shown as 1530.3), you would click the Port 33 (PASS-THROUGH) Admin State field and choose OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance from the drop-down list. Refer to Table 5-3 , if needed.

 

Table 5-3 40-WSS-C Ports and Wavelengths Test Checklist

40-WSS-C Provisioning Subtab
Port #
Wavelength
Tested: Pass-Through
Tested: Add/Drop Side A
Tested: Add/Drop Side B

Optical Chn:

Optical Connector 1

RX 1, PT 41

1530.33

 

 

 

RX 2, PT 42

1531.12

 

 

 

RX 3, PT 43

1531.90

 

 

 

RX 4, PT 44

1532.68

 

 

 

RX 5, PT 45

1533.47

 

 

 

RX 6, PT 46

1533.47

 

 

 

RX 7, PT 47

1535.04

 

 

 

RX 8, PT 48

1535.82

 

 

 

Optical Chn:

Optical Connector 2

RX 9, PT 49

1536.81

 

 

 

RX 10, PT 50

1537.40

 

 

 

RX 11, PT 51

1538.19

 

 

 

RX 12, PT 52

1538.98

 

 

 

RX 13, PT 53

1539.77

 

 

 

RX 14, PT 54

1540.56

 

 

 

RX 15, PT 55

1541.35

 

 

 

RX 16, PT 56

1542.14

 

 

 

Optical Chn:

Optical Connector 3

RX 17, PT 57

1542.19

 

 

 

RX 18, PT 58

1543.73

 

 

 

RX 19, PT 59

1544.53

 

 

 

RX 20, PT 60

1545.32

 

 

 

RX 21, PT 61

1546.12

 

 

 

RX 22, PT 62

1546.92

 

 

 

RX 23, PT 63

1547.72

 

 

 

RX 24, PT 64

1548.51

 

 

 

Optical Chn:

Optical Connector 4

RX 25, PT 65

1549.32

 

 

 

RX 26, PT 66

1550.12

 

 

 

RX 27, PT 67

1550.92

 

 

 

RX 28, PT 68

1551.72

 

 

 

RX 29, PT 69

1552.52

 

 

 

RX 30, PT 70

1553.33

 

 

 

RX 31, PT 71

1554.13

 

 

 

RX 32, PT 72

1554.94

 

 

 

Optical Chn:

Optical Connector 5

RX 33, PT 73

1555.75

 

 

 

RX 34, PT 74

1556.55

 

 

 

RX 35, PT 75

1557.36

 

 

 

RX 36, PT 76

1558.17

 

 

 

RX 37, PT 77

1558.98

 

 

 

RX 38, PT 78

1559.71

 

 

 

RX 39, PT 79

1560.61

 

 

 

RX 40, PT 80

1561.42

 

 

 

Step 11blank.gif Click Apply, then click Yes to confirm.

Step 12blank.gif Repeat Steps 8 through 11 for each wavelength that you will test.

Step 13blank.gif Display the Side A 40-WSS-C in card view.

Step 14blank.gif Repeat Steps 8 through 12 for the Side A 40-WSS-C card.

Step 15blank.gif Display the Side B 40-DMX-C card in card view and complete the following steps:

a.blank.gif Choose the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

b.blank.gif For Port 41 (COM-RX), click the Admin State table cell and choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

c.blank.gif Click Apply, then click Yes to confirm.

Step 16blank.gif Repeat Step 15 for the Side A 40-DMX-C card.

Step 17blank.gif Complete the G310 Verify ROADM Node C-Band Pass-Through Channels with 40-WSS-C Cards.

Step 18blank.gif Complete the following tasks for channels that will be added or dropped on the node.

Step 19blank.gif If MMU cards are installed, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 20.

a.blank.gif Display the Side B MMU in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Click Admin State for the COM RX, COM TX, EXP RX, and EXP TX ports and choose IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

d.blank.gif Click Apply, then click Yes to confirm.

e.blank.gif Display the Side A MMU in card view.

f.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

g.blank.gif Click Admin State for the COM RX, COM TX, EXP RX, and EXP TX ports and choose IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

Step 20blank.gif Display the Side B 40-WSS-C in card view.

Step 21blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelengths you tested.

Step 22blank.gif Click the Admin State table cell then choose IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI) from the drop-down list for all ports that were changed to OOS,MT or Locked,Maintenance in Steps 9 and 10 .

Step 23blank.gif Click Apply.

Step 24blank.gif Repeat Steps 21 through 23 for all the ports that are in OOS,MT or Locked,maintenance state on the Side B 40-WSS-C card.

Step 25blank.gif Display the Side A 40-WSS-C in card view.

Step 26blank.gif Repeat Steps 21 through 23 for all ports on the Side A 40-WSS-C card.

Step 27blank.gif Display the Side B 40-DMX-C in card view.

Step 28blank.gif Choose the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

Step 29blank.gif For Port 33, click the Admin State table cell and choose IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI) from the drop-down list.

Step 30blank.gif Click Apply.

Step 31blank.gif Display the Side A 40-DMX-C card in card view.

Step 32blank.gif Repeat Steps 28 through 30 for the Side A 40-DMX-C card.

Step 33blank.gif Delete both OSC channels using the G186 Delete an OSC Termination.

Step 34blank.gif Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup.

Step 35blank.gif Create the two OSC channels using the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Step 36blank.gif Click the Alarms tab.

a.blank.gif Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b.blank.gif Verify that no equipment failure alarms appear on the node. If alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

Stop. You have completed this procedure.


 

DLP-G310 Verify ROADM Node C-Band Pass-Through Channels with 40-WSS-C Cards

 

Purpose

This task verifies the signal flow through a ROADM node for C-band pass-through channels. Pass-through channels pass through both 40-WSS-C cards. The channels pass through the first 40-WSS-C from the COM-RX port to the EXP-TX port. In the second 40-WSS-C, the channel goes from the EXP-RX port to the COM-TX port. The channel is not terminated inside the node. If MMU cards are installed, the channel passes through the MMU COM-RX and EXP-TX ports to the 40-WSS-C COM-RX and EXP-TX ports on one side. On the other side, the channel goes from the 40-WSS-C EXP-RX and COM-TX ports to the MMU EXP-RX and COM-TX ports.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_C

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

G38 Provision OSC Terminations

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Throughout this task, Side A refers to Slots 1 through 8, and Side B refers to Slots 10 through 17.



Step 1blank.gif Create a physical loopback on the Side A OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card by connecting the LINE TX port to its LINE RX port. For OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards, connect a 10-dB bulk attenuator to the fiber. (OSC-CSM cards do not require attenuation.)

caut.gif

Caution blank.gif Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 2blank.gif If an OPT-PRE amplifier is installed on Side A (where the physical loopback was created), perform the following steps. If not, continue with Step 3.

a.blank.gif Display the OPT-PRE card in card view, then click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.

b.blank.gif In the Types area, click Alarm, then click Refresh. The alarm thresholds for the OPT-PRE card will appear.

c.blank.gif Double-click the Power Failure Low table cell for Port 1 (COM-RX) and delete the current value.

d.blank.gif Type a new value of –30.0 and press the Enter key.

e.blank.gif In the CTC window, click Apply, then click Yes in the confirmation dialog box.

Step 3blank.gif If an OPT-PRE or OSC-CSM card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 4.

a.blank.gif Display the Side B OPT-PRE card in card view, then click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.

b.blank.gif In the Types area, click Alarm, then click Refresh. The alarm thresholds for the OPT-PRE card will appear.

c.blank.gif Double-click the Power Failure Low table cell for Port 1 (COM-RX) and delete the current value.

d.blank.gif Type a new value of –30.0 and press the Enter key.

e.blank.gif In the CTC window, click Apply, then click Yes in the confirmation dialog box.

Step 4blank.gif Wait 2 to 3 minutes, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the Side A OSCM or OSC-CSM card and the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card have cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarms indicates that the OSC link is active on Side A. If the alarms do not clear, contact your next level of support.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif For ANSI shelves, an EOC SDCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback.


Step 5blank.gif Display the Side A 40-WSS-C card in card view.

Step 6blank.gif Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 7blank.gif Click the Operating Mode table cell for the wavelength under test and choose Pass Through from the drop-down list.

Step 8blank.gif Click Apply, then click Yes to confirm.

Step 9blank.gif Display the Side B 40-WSS-C card in card view.

Step 10blank.gif Repeat Steps 6 through 8 for the Side B 40-WSS-C card.

Step 11blank.gif If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following steps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, continue with Step 12.

a.blank.gif Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b.blank.gif Set the tuner to the wavelength you will test, then continue with Step 13.

Step 12blank.gif If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, complete the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing for the TXP containing the wavelength you will test.

Step 13blank.gif Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the Side B OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM LINE RX port. If a Side B OPT-PRE is installed, insert a 10-dB attenuator on the fiber coming from the TXP_MR_10E_C card.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif If using a pre-installed TXP_MR-10E_C card that is connected to the 40-DMX-C, there is no need to connect the TXP_MR_10E_C DWDM TX port to the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM LINE RX port. Install an optical loopback between the LINE TX and RX ports on the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card.


caut.gif

Caution blank.gif Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 14blank.gif If an OPT-PRE or OSC-CSM card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 15.

a.blank.gif Display the Side B OPT-PRE in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Power parameter for Port 1 (COM-RX). Record the value.

d.blank.gif Display the Side B OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Locate the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX) (OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E) or Port 3 (COM-TX) (OSC-CSM). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 2.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-PRE card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g.blank.gif For the Side B OPT-PRE card, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power.

Step 15blank.gif If an MMU card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps, then continue with Step 17. If an MMU card is not installed, continue with Step 16.

a.blank.gif Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 3 (COM-RX) power parameter. Record the value.

d.blank.gif If a Side B OPT-PRE card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e.blank.gif Click the OPT-PRE Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f.blank.gif If a Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h.blank.gif Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i.blank.gif Verify that value in the Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the MMU card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, OPT-PRE, or OSC-CSM cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

j.blank.gif Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

k.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

l.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 2 (EXP-TX) of the Side B MMU card.

m.blank.gif Display the Side B 40-WSS-C card in card view.

n.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

o.blank.gif Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 68 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step l , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 40-WSS-C and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

p.blank.gif Continue with Step 17.

Step 16blank.gif Verify the Side B 40-WSS-C card to OPT-BST, OPT-PRE, or OSC-CSM card cable connection:

a.blank.gif Display the Side B 40-WSS-C in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 84 (COM-RX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d.blank.gif If a Side B OPT-PRE card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f.blank.gif If an OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed on Side B, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h.blank.gif Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i.blank.gif Verify that the value in Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 40-WSS-C card and the OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 17blank.gif Verify the EXPRESS cable connection between the two 40-WSS-C cards:

a.blank.gif Display the Side B 40-WSS-C in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 81 (EXP-TX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d.blank.gif Display the Side A 40-WSS-C in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Locate the Power value for EXPRESS Port 82 (EXP-RX). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/–1 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 40-WSS-C cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 18blank.gif Display the Side A 40-WSS-C card in card view.

Step 19blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the connector number containing the wavelength you are testing. Refer to Table 5-3, if needed.

Step 20blank.gif Wait 60 to 70 seconds (or click Reset), then locate the Power and VOA Power Ref parameters for the tested PASS-THROUGH port. Verify that the Power value is equal to the VOA Power Ref value, +/– 1.5 dBm. If the Power value is not equal to the VOA Power Ref value +/–1.5 dBm, contact your next level of support.

Step 21blank.gif If an MMU card is installed on Side A, complete the following steps. If an MMU card is not installed on Side A, continue with Step 22.

a.blank.gif Display the Side A 40-WSS-C card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 83 (COM-TX).

d.blank.gif Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 1 (EXP-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 40-WSS-C and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 4 (COM-TX).

h.blank.gif If a Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step i . If not, continue with Step j .

i.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 1 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

j.blank.gif Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

k.blank.gif Verify that the value in Step i or j matches the power recorded in Step g , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card and the MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

l.blank.gif Continue with Step 23.

Step 22blank.gif If an OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card is installed on Side A, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 23.

a.blank.gif Display the Side A OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 1 (COM-RX) Power parameter (OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards) or the Port 2 (COM-RX) Power parameter (OSC-CSM cards). Record the value.

d.blank.gif Display the Side A 40-WSS-C in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Locate the Power value for Port 83 (COM-TX). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/–1 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card and the 40-WSS-C card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g.blank.gif For the Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card, complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power.

Step 23blank.gif If a OPT-PRE card is installed on Side A, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 24.

a.blank.gif Display the Side A OPT-PRE in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 1 (COM-RX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d.blank.gif Display the Side A OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Locate the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX) (OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E) or Port 3 (COM-TX) (OSC-CSM). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 2.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-PRE card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g.blank.gif For the Side A OPT-PRE, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power.

Step 24blank.gif If an MMU card is installed on Side A, complete the following steps, then continue with Step 26. If an MMU card is not installed on Side A, continue with Step 25.

a.blank.gif Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 3 (COM-RX) power parameter. Record the value.

d.blank.gif If a Side A OPT-PRE card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e.blank.gif Click the OPT-PRE Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f.blank.gif If a Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h.blank.gif Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i.blank.gif Verify that value in the Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the MMU card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, OPT-PRE, or OSC-CSM cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

j.blank.gif Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

k.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

l.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 2 (EXP-TX) of the Side A MMU card.

m.blank.gif Display the Side A 40-WSS-C card in card view.

n.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

o.blank.gif Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 84 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step l , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 40-WSS-C and cards and the MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

p.blank.gif Continue with Step 26.

Step 25blank.gif Verify the Side A 40-WSS-C card to OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, OPT-PRE, or OSC-CSM card cable connection:

a.blank.gif Display the Side A 40-WSS-C in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 84 (COM-RX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d.blank.gif If a Side A OPT-PRE card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f.blank.gif If a Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h.blank.gif Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i.blank.gif Verify that the value in Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 40-WSS-C card and the OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 26blank.gif Verify the EXPRESS cable connection between the two 40-WSS-C cards:

a.blank.gif Display the Side A 40-WSS-C card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 81 (EXP-TX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d.blank.gif Display the Side B 40-WSS-C card in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Locate the Power value for Port 82 (EXP-RX). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 40-WSS-C cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 27blank.gif Display the Side B 40-WSS-C card in card view.

Step 28blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the connector number containing the wavelength you are testing. Refer to Table 5-3, if needed.

Step 29blank.gif Wait 60 to 70 seconds (or click Reset), then locate the Power and VOA Power Ref parameters for the tested PASS-THROUGH port. Verify that the Power value is equal to the VOA Power Ref value, +/– 1.5 dBm. If the Power value is not equal to the VOA Power Ref value +/– 1.5 dBm, consult your next level of support.

Step 30blank.gif If an MMU card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If an MMU card is not installed on Side B, continue with Step 31.

a.blank.gif Display the Side B 40-WSS-C card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 83 (COM-TX).

d.blank.gif Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 1 (EXP-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 40-WSS-C and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 4 (COM-TX).

h.blank.gif If a Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step i . If not, continue with Step j .

i.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 1 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

j.blank.gif Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

k.blank.gif Verify that the value in Step i or j matches the power recorded in Step g , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card and the MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

l.blank.gif Continue with Step 32.

Step 31blank.gif If an OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 32.

a.blank.gif Display the Side B OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 1 (COM-RX) Power parameter (OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards) or the Port 2 (COM-RX) Power parameter (OSC-CSM cards). Record the value.

d.blank.gif Display the Side B 40-WSS-C card in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Locate the Power value for Port 83 (COM-TX). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/–1 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card and the 40-WSS-C cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g.blank.gif For the Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card, complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power.

Step 32blank.gif Complete Steps 18 , 19 , 27 , and 28 for the additional wavelengths that you want to test. If you have tested all the wavelengths, continue with Step 33blank.gif.

Step 33blank.gif Display the Side B 40-WSS-C card in card view.

Step 34blank.gif Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 35blank.gif In the Operating Mode column, click the table cell and choose Not Assigned from the drop-down list for all wavelengths.

Step 36blank.gif Click Apply, then click Yes to confirm.

Step 37blank.gif Display the Side A 40-WSS-C card in card view.

Step 38blank.gif Repeat Steps 34 through 36 for the Side A 40-WSS-C card.

Step 39blank.gif If you used a tunable laser or installed a TXP_MR_10E_C card for this test, disconnect it or the tunable laser from the Side B OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM line side RX ports.

Step 40blank.gif Remove the loopback fiber from the line RX and TX in the Side A OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card.

Step 41blank.gif Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-G311 Verify the Side B ROADM C-Band Add/Drop Channels with 40-WSS-C Cards

 

Purpose

This task verifies the signal flow through Side B of a ROADM node for C-band add/drop channels.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_C

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Throughout this task, Side A refers to Slots 1 through 8, and Side B refers to Slots 10 through 17.



Step 1blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), display the Alarms tab.

Step 2blank.gif Create a physical loopback on the Side B OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card by connecting the LINE TX port to its LINE RX port. For OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards, connect a 10-dB bulk attenuator to the fiber. (OSC-CSM cards do not require attenuation.)

caut.gif

Caution blank.gif Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 3blank.gif Wait 2 to 3 minutes, then click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the Side B OSCM or OSC-CSM card and the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card have cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarms indicates that the OSC link is active on Side B.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback.


Step 4blank.gif If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following steps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, continue with Step 5.

a.blank.gif Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b.blank.gif Set the tuner to the wavelength you are testing, then continue with Step 7.

Step 5blank.gif If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, complete the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing for the TXP containing the wavelength you will test. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 6blank.gif If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, complete the following steps. If you are using a tunable laser continue with Step 7.

a.blank.gif Display the TXP_MR_10E_C in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Performance > Optics PM > Current Values tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 2 (Trunk) table cell for the TX Optical Pwr parameter. Record the value.

Step 7blank.gif Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the Side B fiber patch panel MUX port that is connected to the Side B 40-WSS-C card CHAN RX port carrying the tested wavelength. (If the TXP_MR_10E_C card was installed during “Turn Up a Node,” simply verify the cable connection.)

Step 8blank.gif Connect the TXP_MR_10E_C DWDM RX port or the power meter RX port to the Side B fiber patch panel DMX port that is connected with the Side B 40-DMX-C card CHAN-TX port carrying the tested wavelength. (If the TXP_MR_10E_C card was installed during “Turn Up a Node,” simply verify the cable connection.)

Step 9blank.gif Display the 40-WSS-C card in card view.

Step 10blank.gif Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 11blank.gif For each wavelength that you will test, click the table cell in the Operating Mode column and choose Add Drop from the drop-down list.

Step 12blank.gif Click Apply and then Yes, to confirm.

Step 13blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelengths you will test. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 14blank.gif Find the tested wavelength CHAN RX port, then scroll to the right until you see the Power Add parameter. Verify that the Power Add value for the tested port CHAN RX is equal to the output power level of the tunable laser or the TXP_MR_10E_C card measured in Step 6, +/– 1.0 dBm.

Step 15blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX) for the wavelength under test.

Step 16blank.gif Verify that the power value from Step 15 reaches the Shelf i Slot i (40-WSS-C).Port COM-TX.Power set point +/– 1.0 dBm on Side B. To view this set point:

a.blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs.

b.blank.gif In the Selector window on the left, expand the 40-WSS-C card on Side B.

c.blank.gif Expand the Port COM-TX category.

d.blank.gif Select Power.

e.blank.gif View the value of the Shelf i Slot i (40-WSS-C).Port COM-TX.Power parameter on the right pane.

f.blank.gif If the power value does not match the value recorded in Step 15 (+/– 2.0 dBm), contact your next level of support.

Step 17blank.gif If an MMU card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If an MMU card is not installed on Side B, continue with Step 18.

a.blank.gif Display the Side B 40-WSS-C card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX).

d.blank.gif Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 1 (EXP-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 40-WSS-C and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 4 (COM-TX).

h.blank.gif If a Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step i . If not, continue with Step j .

i.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 1 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

j.blank.gif Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

k.blank.gif Verify that the value in Step i or j matches the power recorded in Step g , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card and the MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

l.blank.gif Continue with Step 19.

Step 18blank.gif Verify the connection between the 40-WSS-C card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E or OSC-CSM cards:

a.blank.gif Display the Side B 40-WSS-C card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX).

d.blank.gif If a OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed on Side B, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 1 (COM-RX), then continue with Step g .

f.blank.gif Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-RX), then continue with Step g .

g.blank.gif Verify that the value in Step e or f matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If so, continue with Step 19. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card and the 40-WSS-C cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 19blank.gif If an OPT-PRE card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 20.

a.blank.gif Display the Side B OPT-PRE in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Power parameter for Port 1 (COM-RX). Record the value.

d.blank.gif Display the Side B OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Locate the Port 2 (COM-TX) Power value (for OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards) or Port 3 (COM-TX) Power value (for OSC-CSM cards). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-PRE card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g.blank.gif For the Side B OPT-PRE card, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power.

Step 20blank.gif If an MMU card is installed on Side B, complete the following steps. If an MMU card is not installed on Side B, continue with Step 21.

a.blank.gif Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 68 (COM-RX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d.blank.gif If an OPT-PRE card is installed on Side B, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e.blank.gif Click the OPT-PRE Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs. Record the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f.blank.gif If a Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h.blank.gif Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i.blank.gif Verify that value in the Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the MMU card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

j.blank.gif Display the Side B MMU card in card view.

k.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

l.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 2 (EXP-TX).

m.blank.gif Display the Side B 40-WSS-C card in card view.

n.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

o.blank.gif Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 68 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step l , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 40-WSS-C and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

p.blank.gif Continue with Step 22.

Step 21blank.gif Verify the connection between the Side B 40-WSS-C card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, OPT-PRE, or OSC-CSM card:

a.blank.gif Display the Side B 40-WSS-C in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 68 (COM-RX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d.blank.gif If a Side B OPT-PRE card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f.blank.gif If a Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h.blank.gif Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i.blank.gif Verify that the value in Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 40-WSS-C card and the OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, or OSC-CSM card.

Step 22blank.gif Verify the Side B 40-WSS-C and 40-DMX-C connection:

a.blank.gif Display the Side B 40-WSS-C card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the value in the Power table cell for Port 69 (DROP-TX).

c.blank.gif Display the Side B 40-DMX-C card in card view.

d.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Record the value in the Port 33 (COM-RX) table cell. Verify that the value is equal to the value recorded in b , +/– 1.0 dBm. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 40-WSS-C and 40-DMX-C cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 23blank.gif Display the Side B 40-DMX-C card in card view.

Step 24blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tab. Record the CHAN-TX port value under the Power parameter for the wavelength under test.

Step 25blank.gif Verify that the power value from Step 24 reaches the Shelf i Slot i (40-DMX-C).Port CHAN-TX.Power set point +/– 2 dBm on Side B. To view this set point:

a.blank.gif Go to node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) and click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs.

b.blank.gif In the Selector window on the left, expand the 40-DMX-C card on Side B.

c.blank.gif Expand the CHAN-TX category.

d.blank.gif Select Power.

e.blank.gif View the value of the Shelf i Slot i (40-DMX-C).Port CHAN-TX.Power parameter on the right pane.

f.blank.gif If the power value does not match the value recorded in Step 24 (+/– 2 dBm), contact your next level of support.

Step 26blank.gif If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, display it in card view. If not, read the values called for in Step 28 from the optical test set or tunable laser you are using.

Step 27blank.gif Click the Performance > Optics PM > Current Values tabs.

Step 28blank.gif In the Port 2 (Trunk) column, locate the RX Optical Power value. Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step 24, +/– 2 dBm. If the power values do not match (+/– 2 dBm), complete the following steps:

a.blank.gif Remove, clean, and replace the cable connecting the TXP_MR_10E_C RX port to the Side B fiber patch panel DMX port for the tested wavelength. See the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors.

b.blank.gif Repeat this step. If the power values still do not match (+/– 2 dBm) contact your next level of support.

Step 29blank.gif Repeat Steps 4 through 28 for the remaining wavelengths.

Step 30blank.gif Display the Side B 40-WSS-C card in card view.

Step 31blank.gif Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 32blank.gif Click the table cell in the Operating Mode column and choose Not Assigned from the drop-down list for all wavelengths.

Step 33blank.gif Click Apply, then click Yes to confirm.

Step 34blank.gif Disconnect the TXP or tunable laser from the Side B patch panel.

Step 35blank.gif Unplug the physical loopback fiber from the line TX and RX in the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card.

Step 36blank.gif Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-G312 Verify the Side A ROADM C-Band Add/Drop Channels with 40-WSS-C Cards

 

Purpose

This task verifies the signal flow through Side A of an ROADM node for C-band add/drop channels.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_C

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Throughout this task, Side A refers to Slots 1 through 8, and Side B refers to Slots 10 through 17.



Step 1blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), display the Alarms tab.

Step 2blank.gif Create a physical loopback on the Side A OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card by connecting the LINE TX port to its LINE RX port. For OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards, connect a 10-dB bulk attenuator to the fiber. (OSC-CSM cards do not require attenuation.)

caut.gif

Caution blank.gif Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 3blank.gif Wait 2 to 3 minutes, then click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the Side A OSCM or OSC-CSM card and the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card have cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarms indicates that the OSC link is active on Side A.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback.


Step 4blank.gif If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following steps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, continue with Step 5.

a.blank.gif Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b.blank.gif Set the tuner to the wavelength you are testing, then continue with Step 7.

Step 5blank.gif If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, complete the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing for the TXP containing the wavelength you will test. Refer to Table 5-3, if needed.

Step 6blank.gif If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, complete the following steps. If you are using a tunable laser continue with Step 7.

a.blank.gif Display the TXP_MR_10E_C in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Performance > Optics PM > Current Values tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 2 (Trunk) table cell for the TX Optical Pwr parameter. Record the value.

Step 7blank.gif Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the Side A fiber patch panel MUX port that is connected to the Side A 40-WSS-C card CHAN RX port carrying the tested wavelength. (If the TXP_MR_10E_C card was installed during “Turn Up a Node,” simply verify the cable connection.)

Step 8blank.gif Connect the TXP_MR_10E_C DWDM RX port or the power meter RX port to the Side A fiber patch panel DMX port that is connected with the Side A 40-DMX-C card CHAN-TX port carrying the tested wavelength. (If the TXP_MR_10E_C card was installed during “Turn Up a Node,” simply verify the cable connection.)

Step 9blank.gif Display the 40-WSS-C card in card view.

Step 10blank.gif Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 11blank.gif For each wavelength that you will test, click the table cell in the Operating Mode column and choose Add Drop from the drop-down list.

Step 12blank.gif Click Apply and then Yes, to confirm.

Step 13blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn Optical Connector n > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelengths you will test. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 14blank.gif Find the tested wavelength CHAN RX port, then scroll to the right until you see the Power Add parameter. Verify that the Power Add value for the tested port CHAN RX is equal to the output power level of the tunable laser or the TXP_MR_10E_C card measured in Step 6, +/– 1.0 dBm.

Step 15blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX) for the wavelength under test.

Step 16blank.gif Verify that the power value from Step 15 reaches the Shelf i Slot i (40-WSS -C).Port COM-TX.Power set point +/– 1.0 dBm on Side A. To view this set point:

a.blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs.

b.blank.gif In the Selector window on the left, expand the 40-WSS -C card on Side A.

c.blank.gif Expand the COM-TX category.

d.blank.gif Select Power.

e.blank.gif View the value of the Shelf i Slot i (40-WSS -C).Port COM-TX.Power parameter on the right pane.

f.blank.gif If the power value does not match the value recorded in Step 15 (+/– 2.0 dBm), contact your next level of support.

Step 17blank.gif If an MMU card is installed on Side A, complete the following steps. If an MMU card is not installed on Side A, continue with Step 18.

a.blank.gif Display the Side A 40-WSS-C card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX).

d.blank.gif Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 1 (EXP-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 40-WSS-C and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 4 (COM-TX).

h.blank.gif If a Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step i . If not, continue with Step j .

i.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 1 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

j.blank.gif Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-RX), then continue with Step k .

k.blank.gif Verify that the value in Step i or j matches the power recorded in Step g , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card and the MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

l.blank.gif Continue with Step 19.

Step 18blank.gif Verify the connection between the 40-WSS-C card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM cards:

a.blank.gif Display the Side A 40-WSS-C card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 67 (COM-TX).

d.blank.gif If a OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed on Side A, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 1 (COM-RX), then continue with Step g .

f.blank.gif Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-RX), then continue with Step g .

g.blank.gif Verify that the value in Step e or f matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If so, continue with Step 19. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card and the 40-WSS-C cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 19blank.gif If an OPT-PRE card is installed on Side A, complete the following steps. If not, continue with Step 20.

a.blank.gif Display the Side A OPT-PRE in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Power parameter for Port 1 (COM-RX). Record the value.

d.blank.gif Display the Side A OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Locate the Port 2 (COM-TX) Power value (for OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards) or Port 3 (COM-TX) Power value (for OSC-CSM cards). Verify that the value matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the OPT-PRE card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

g.blank.gif For the Side A OPT-PRE card, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power.

Step 20blank.gif If an MMU card is installed on Side A, complete the following steps. If an MMU card is not installed on Side A, continue with Step 21.

a.blank.gif Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 68 (COM-RX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d.blank.gif If an OPT-PRE card is installed on Side A, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e.blank.gif Click the OPT-PRE Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs. Record the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f.blank.gif If a Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h.blank.gif Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i.blank.gif Verify that value in the Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the MMU card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

j.blank.gif Display the Side A MMU card in card view.

k.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

l.blank.gif Record the value in the Power table cell for Port 2 (EXP-TX).

m.blank.gif Display the Side A 40-WSS-C card in card view.

n.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

o.blank.gif Verify that the value in the Power table cell for Port 68 (COM-RX) is equal to the value recorded in Step l , +/– 1.0 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 40-WSS-C and MMU cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

p.blank.gif Continue with Step 22.

Step 21blank.gif Verify the connection between the Side A 40-WSS-C card and the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, OPT-PRE, or OSC-CSM card:

a.blank.gif Display the Side A 40-WSS-C in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Locate the Port 68 (COM-RX) Power parameter. Record the value.

d.blank.gif If a Side A OPT-PRE card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step e . If not, continue with Step f .

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Total Output Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

f.blank.gif If a Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card is installed, display it in card view and complete Step g . If not, continue with Step h .

g.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 2 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

h.blank.gif Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3 (COM-TX), then continue with Step i .

i.blank.gif Verify that the value in Step e , g , or h matches the power recorded in Step c , +/– 1.5 dB. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 40-WSS-C card and the OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, or OSC-CSM card.

Step 22blank.gif Verify the Side A 40-WSS-C and 40-DMX-C connection:

a.blank.gif Display the Side A 40-WSS-C card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the value in the Power table cell for Port 69 (DROP-TX).

c.blank.gif Display the Side A 40-DMX-C card in card view.

d.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Record the value in the Port 2 (COM-RX) table cell. Verify that the value is equal to the value recorded in Step b , +/– 1.0 dBm. If not, use the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors to clean the fiber connection between the 40-WSS-C and 40-DMX-C cards. Check the values again. If they still do not match, contact your next level of support.

Step 23blank.gif Display the Side A 40-DMX-C card in card view.

Step 24blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tab. Record the CHAN-TX port value under the Power parameter for the wavelength under test.

Step 25blank.gif Verify that the power value recorded in Step 24 reaches the Shelf i Slot i (40-DMX-C).Port CHAN-TX.Power set point +/– 2 dBm on Side A. To view this set point:

a.blank.gif Go to node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) and click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs.

b.blank.gif In the Selector window on the left, expand the 40-DMX-C card on Side A.

c.blank.gif Expand the Port CHAN-TX category.

d.blank.gif Select Power.

e.blank.gif View the value of the Shelf i Slot i (40-DMX-C).Port CHAN-TX.Power parameter on the right pane.

f.blank.gif If the power value does not match the value recorded in Step 24 (+/– 2 dBm), contact your next level of support.

Step 26blank.gif Display the TXP_MR_10E_C card in card view.

Step 27blank.gif Click the Performance > Optics PM > Current Values tabs.

Step 28blank.gif In the Port 2 (Trunk) column, locate the RX Optical Power value. Verify that the value matches the power in Step 24, +/– 2 dBm. If the power values do not match (+/– 2 dBm), complete the following steps:

a.blank.gif Remove, clean, and replace the cable connecting the TXP_MR_10E_C RX port to the Side A fiber patch panel DMX port for the tested wavelength. See the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors.

b.blank.gif Repeat this step. If the power values still do not match (+/– 2 dBm) contact your next level of support.

Step 29blank.gif Repeat Steps 4 through 28 for the remaining wavelengths.

Step 30blank.gif Display the Side A 40-WSS-C card in card view.

Step 31blank.gif Click the Maintenance tab.

Step 32blank.gif Click the table cell in the Operating Mode column and choose Not Assigned from the drop-down list for all wavelengths.

Step 33blank.gif Click Apply, then click Yes to confirm.

Step 34blank.gif Disconnect the TXP or tunable laser from the Side A patch panel.

Step 35blank.gif Unplug the physical loopback fiber from the line TX and RX in the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OSC-CSM card.

Step 36blank.gif Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

NTP-G276 Perform the 80-Channel n-degree ROADM Node Acceptance Tests

Purpose

This procedure checks the power values and the optical connections for an 80 channel n-degree ROADM node. Use this test for both existing and new installations of 80 channel ROADM nodes. Use this procedure to also test the installation of a new side to a node. This procedure cannot be performed on the node on which the OPT-RAMP-C or OPT-RAMP-CE card is installed.

Tools/Equipment

  • Fully C-band tunable transponder or tunable laser source with an LC patchcord
  • 1 LC-LC adapter
  • 15dB optical attenuator
  • Optical power meter

Prerequisite Procedures

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Identify the sides that are already carrying traffic and the sides that are going to be tested.



Step 1blank.gif Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the mesh native node where you want to perform the acceptance test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2.

Step 2blank.gif From the View menu, choose Go to Network View.

Step 3blank.gif Click the Alarms tab.

a.blank.gif Verify that the alarm filter is not on. Complete the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b.blank.gif Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (An equipment alarm is indicated in the Alarms tab, Cond column as EQPT.) If equipment failure alarms are present, investigate and resolve them before continuing. For information on how to clear an alarm, see the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide.

Step 4blank.gif Insert a full C-band tunable transponder into an available slot on the side that you want to test.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif In this procedure Side A through H is referred as Side x.


Step 5blank.gif Connect the TX port of the transponder to the EAD i (where i =1) port of the 80-WXC-C card on the side to be tested.

Step 6blank.gif Select a wavelength that is not already used by a side carrying traffic. Select 1530.33 nm for a new installation. Set the transponder wavelength to the selected wavelength yyyy.yy by completing the G432 Set the Transponder Wavelength.

Step 7blank.gif Place the trunk port of the transponder in the In-Service (IS) state.

Step 8blank.gif In node view, click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs and record the Power value of the COM port of the 80-WXC-C card for the side you are verifying.

Step 9blank.gif On Side x, go to the card view of the 80-WXC-C card and complete the following steps:

a.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > WXC Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the EAD i port.

b.blank.gif Click the Maintenance > OCHNC tabs.

  • Set the Target Power to the value recorded in Step 8.
  • From the Port pull-down menu, select EAD i and from the Wavelength pull-down menu, select yyyy.yy

c.blank.gif Click Refresh and verify that the target power is reached.

d.blank.gif Place the trunk port of the transponder in OutofService (OOS) state.

Step 10blank.gif To check the wavelengths for the EAD1 port, repeat from Step 6 and Step 9 d for the remaining 79 wavelengths.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif It is not mandatory to test the 80 wavelengths for all the ports (EADi where i = 1 to 8).


Step 11blank.gif Disconnect the transponder from EAD i port and restore the fiber connection to the EAD i port.

Step 12blank.gif Repeat Step 5 through Step 11 for the remaining EAD i ports where i = 2 to 8.

Step 13blank.gif Plug a 15-dB LC attenuator into the trunk TX port of the transponder card.

Step 14blank.gif Select a wavelength that is not already used by a side carrying traffic. Select 1530.33 nm for a new installation. Set the transponder wavelength to the selected wavelength yyyy.yy by completing the G432 Set the Transponder Wavelength.

Step 15blank.gif Connect the optical power meter to the trunk TX port of the transponder card.

Step 16blank.gif Complete the G433 Record Transponder Optical Power.

Step 17blank.gif Disconnect the optical power meter from the TX port of the transponder card.

Step 18blank.gif In card view, display the OPT-AMP-C card configured as LINE for Side x (slot 1 or 17) and complete the following steps:

a.blank.gif Click the Maintenance > ALS tabs and from the OSRI pull-down menu, select OFF.

b.blank.gif From the ALS Mode pull-down menu, select Disable.

Step 19blank.gif Make the following connections:

a.blank.gif Connect the transponder output port (with the 15-dB attenuator) to the Line RX port of the booster amplifier (OPT-AMP-C configured as LINE in slot 1 or 17) on Side x.

b.blank.gif Connect the optical power meter to the LINE-TX port of the booster amplifier (OPT-AMP-C configured as LINE in slot 1 or 17) on Side x.

c.blank.gif Use a fiber jumper to connect the DROP-TX port to the AD port of the 80-WXC-C card for Side x.

Step 20blank.gif Create an OCHNC DCN circuit for wavelength yyyy.yy from LINE amplifier of Side x to local add/drop ports of the 80-WXC-C card of Side x using the G105 Provision Optical Channel Network Connections and wait till all the alarms clear.

Step 21blank.gif In card view, display the booster amplifier card for Side x. Click the Inventory > Info tabs and record the IL02 (LINE RX->COM TX) insertion loss value.

Step 22blank.gif In card view, display the transponder card and click the Provisioning > Line tabs. For the trunk port, choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list and click Apply.

Step 23blank.gif In card view, display the booster amplifier card for Side x, and complete the following steps:

a.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the COM-TX port.

b.blank.gif Verify the power value of the COM-TX port = (Optical power meter value in Step 16) – (LINE RX->COM TX insertion loss value read in Step 21) (+\– 1 dB).

Step 24blank.gif In card view, display the preamplifier card (OPT-AMP-C configured as PRE in slot 2 or 16) for Side x and complete the following steps:

a.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the COM-RX port.

b.blank.gif Verify that the COM-RX power value matches the value in Step 23 b (+\– 1 dB).

c.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Opt. Ampli. Line > Parameters tabs and record the Total Output Power value of the LINE-TX port.

Step 25blank.gif In card view, display the 80-WXC-C card for Side x and complete the following steps:

a.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the COM-RX port.

b.blank.gif Verify that the value matches the LINE-TX port power value in Step 24 c (+/- 1dB).

c.blank.gif Click the Inventory > Info tabs and record the COM-RX -> EXP-TX insertion loss.

d.blank.gif Record the COM-RX -> DROP-TX insertion loss.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the EXP-TX port.

f.blank.gif Record the Power value of the DROP-TX port.

g.blank.gif Verify that the EXP-TX Power value inStep 25 e = (COM-RX value in Step 25 a ) – (COM-RX -> EXP-TX value in Step 25 c ) (+\– 1 dB).

h.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > WXC Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the AD port.

i.blank.gif Verify that the value matches the DROP-TX port power value in Step 25 f (+/- 1dB).

j.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > WXC Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the COM port.

k.blank.gif Verify that the power value in Step 25 j matches the COM port power value in the node view > Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs for the 80-WXC-C card under test.

Step 26blank.gif In card view, display the 80-WXC-C card for a side different from Side x and complete the following steps:

note.gif

Noteblank.gif This step must be performed for a single wavelength yyyy.yy only that is not used on any of the installed sides.


a.blank.gif Click the Maintenance > Wavelength Power tabs and select PORT EAD i, where i depends on the value of x. ( x, i) = (A,1) (B,2) (C,3) (D,4) (E,5) (F,6) (G,7) (H,8)

b.blank.gif Record the power value for wavelength yyyy.yy.

c.blank.gif Verify if the power value in Step 26 b is equal to the (power value recorded in Step 25 e - 8dB) if a PP-MESH-4 is used or is equal to the (power value recorded in Step 25 e - 12dB) if a PP-MESH-8 is used.

Step 27blank.gif In card view, display the booster amplifier card for Side x, and complete the following:

a.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the COM-RX port.

b.blank.gif Verify COM-RX Power value matches the COM Power value in Step 25 j (+\– 1 dB).

c.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Opt. Ampli. Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the LINE-TX port.

d.blank.gif Verify that the LINE-TX value matches the power on the LINE-TX port power value in node view > Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs (+\– 2 dB).

e.blank.gif Record the optical power meter value.

f.blank.gif Verify that the optical power meter value matches the LINE-TX value in Step 27 c (+\– 1 dB).

Step 28blank.gif Delete the OCHNC DCN circuit on wavelength yyyy.yy from LINE amplifier of Side x to local add/drop ports of the 80-WXC-C card of Side x using the G106 Delete Optical Channel Network Connections.

Step 29blank.gif In card view, display the transponder card and click the Provisioning > Line tabs. For the trunk port, choose OOS,DSBLD (ANSI) or Locked,disabled (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list and click Apply.

Step 30blank.gif To test all wavelengths, repeat Step 6 through Step 29 for each wavelength. In Step 6, set the wavelength to the next wavelength.

Step 31blank.gif Remove the fiber jumper connected between the DROP-TX port and the AD port in the 80-WXC-C card on Side x.

Step 32blank.gif Restore the original connections between the AD and DROP-TX ports of the 80-WXC-C card and the respective ports of the 15216 40 or 48 -channel mux/demux patch panel according to the Cisco Transport Planner Internal Connections Report.

Step 33blank.gif Use a fiber jumper to connect the TX port to the RX port associated to the wavelength yyyy.yy to be tested in the 15216-MD-40-ODD, 15216-EF-40-ODD, or 15216-MD-48-ODD or in the 15216-MD-40-EVEN, 15216-EF-40-EVEN, or 15216-MD-48-EVEN unit for Side x (depending on which 15216 40 or 48 -channel mux/demux patch panel the wavelength yyyy.yy is managed).

Step 34blank.gif Select a wavelength yyyy.yy on the full C band tunable transponder. Complete the G432 Set the Transponder Wavelength to tune the transponder for the selected wavelength yyyy.yy.

Step 35blank.gif Create an OCHNC DCN circuit on wavelength yyyy.yy from LINE amplifier of side x to local add/drop ports of the 80-WXC-C card of Side x using the G105 Provision Optical Channel Network Connections and wait till all the alarms clear on the node.

Step 36blank.gif In card view, display the 80-WXC-C card for Side x and complete the following steps:

a.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the DROP-TX port.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > WXC Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the AD port.

c.blank.gif Verify that the Power value of the AD port in Step 36 b is > the Power value of the DROP-TX port in Step 36 a – 18dB.

Step 37blank.gif Delete the OCHNC DCN circuit on wavelength yyyy.yy from LINE amplifier of Side x to local add/drop ports of the 80-WXC-C card of Side x using the G106 Delete Optical Channel Network Connections.

Step 38blank.gif In card view, display the transponder card and click the Provisioning > Line tabs. For the trunk port, choose OOS,DSBLD (ANSI) or Locked,disabled (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list and click Apply.

Step 39blank.gif Remove the fiber jumper that was connected in Step 33 between the TX and RX ports associated to the tested wavelength yyyy.yy on the 15216-MD-40-ODD, 15216-EF-40-ODD, or 15216-MD-48-ODD or the 15216-MD-40-EVEN, 15216-EF-40-EVEN, or 15216-MD-48-EVEN unit for Side x.

Step 40blank.gif To verify all the 40 ports of the 15216-MD-40-ODD, 15216-EF-40-ODD, or 15216-MD-48-ODD unit and the 40 ports of the 15216-MD-40-EVEN, 15216-EF-40-EVEN, or 15216-MD-48-EVEN unit, repeat the previous steps from Step 33 through Step 38 by changing the wavelength yyyy.yy to cover all other 79 available wavelengths.

Step 41blank.gif Disconnect the optical power meter from the LINE-TX port of the booster amplifier of the Side x.

Step 42blank.gif Disconnect the transponder output port (with the 15-dB attenuator) from the LINE-RX port of the booster amplifier of the Side x.

Step 43blank.gif Repeat Step 4 through Step 42 for all the others sides that are being installed.

Step 44blank.gif In card view, display the OPT-AMP-C card configured as LINE for Side x (slot 1 or 17) and complete the following:

a.blank.gif Click the Maintenance > ALS tabs and from the OSRI pull-down menu, select OFF.

b.blank.gif From the ALS Mode pull-down menu, select Auto Restart.

Stop. You have completed this procedure.


 

NTP-G44 Perform the Anti-ASE Hub Node Acceptance Test

 

Purpose

This procedure tests an anti-ASE hub node.

Tools/Equipment

A tunable laser or a TXP_MR_10E_C card

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

Chapter 4, “Turn Up a Node”

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Optical power measurements require either a tunable laser or a multirate transponder to generate the proper optical wavelength. If multirate transponders were installed during completion of “Turn Up a Node,” they can be used for this procedure. No additional cabling changes are needed.



Step 1blank.gif Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the node where you want to perform the acceptance test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2.

Step 2blank.gif From the View menu, choose Go to Network View.

Step 3blank.gif Click the Alarms tab.

a.blank.gif Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b.blank.gif Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif The OSC terminations created during node turn-up will generate two alarms for each side of the shelf: one for LOS on the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card, and the other for LOS on the OSC-CSM or OSCM card.


Step 4blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Verify that all statuses under Link Status are Success - Changed or Success - Unchanged. If any are not, complete the following steps:

a.blank.gif Delete the two OSC channels using the G186 Delete an OSC Termination.

b.blank.gif Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup.

c.blank.gif Create the OSC channels using the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Step 5blank.gif From your Cisco TransportPlanner site configuration file, identify the dropped and added channels that are configured in pass-through mode in both directions.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Configuring a channel pass-through mode means that the channel is dropped along one direction by a 32DMX-O/32DMX or 40-DMX-C (15xx.xx TX port) located on one side (Side A or Side B) of the shelf, and then added by a 32MUX-O/40-DMX-C (1522.22 RX port) on the opposite side of the shelf but in the same direction. The channel is not terminated inside the site.


Step 6blank.gif Create a loopback on the Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E amplifier by connecting a patchcord from the LINE TX port to the LINE RX port with a 10-dB bulk attenuator.

Step 7blank.gif Verify that the OSC link becomes active on the Side A OSCM or OSC-CSM card. (The OSC termination must already be provisioned. If not, complete the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.)

Step 8blank.gif For pass-through channels, continue with Step 9. For add and drop channels, continue with Step 18.

Step 9blank.gif Verify the first channel connection configured in pass-through mode in both directions:

a.blank.gif If you are using a tunable laser, set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, continue with Step b .

b.blank.gif Set the tunable laser or TXP_MR_10E_C card to a corresponding wavelength on the 100-GHz ITU-T grid. Refer to the tunable laser manufacturer’s documentation or the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing.

c.blank.gif Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the LINE RX port of the Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E using a 10-dB bulk attenuator.

Step 10blank.gif Complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power for the Side B OPT-PRE amplifier.

Step 11blank.gif Complete the G269 Verify the 32DMX-O or 40-DMX-C Card Power for the Side A 32MUX-O or 40-MUX-C cards.

Step 12blank.gif Complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power for the Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E amplifier.

Step 13blank.gif Complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power for the Side A OPT-PRE amplifier.

Step 14blank.gif Complete the G269 Verify the 32DMX-O or 40-DMX-C Card Power for the Side A 32DMX-O or 40-DMX-C cards.

Step 15blank.gif Complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power for the Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E amplifier.

Step 16blank.gif Repeat Steps 9 through 15 for the remaining wavelengths on the 100-GHz grid that are pass-through wavelengths.

Step 17blank.gif If you have add and drop channels, continue with Step 18 to verify the channels. If not, continue with Step 30.

Step 18blank.gif Set the tunable laser or TXP_MR_10E_C card to the first wavelength of the 100-GHz ITU-T grid that is not a pass-through wavelength. Refer to the tunable laser manufacturer’s documentation or the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing.

Step 19blank.gif Connect the tunable laser or TXP_MR_10E_C card to the CHAN RX nn port on the Side A 32MUX-O card, where nn is the first add or drop channel.

Step 20blank.gif Display the Side A 32MUX-O or 40-MUX-C card in card view.

Step 21blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameter s tabs.

Step 22blank.gif Change the administrative state of Port nn to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI).

Step 23blank.gif Check that the power value on Port nn reaches the provisioned set point (VOA Power Ref).

Step 24blank.gif Display the Side A 32DMX-O/32DMX OR 40-DMX-C card in card view.

Step 25blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameter s tabs.

Step 26blank.gif Change the administrative state of Port nn to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI).

Step 27blank.gif Check that the power value on Port nn reaches the provisioned set point (VOA Power Ref).

Step 28blank.gif Connect a power meter to the CHAN TX nn port through the patch panel and verify that the physical optical power coming out of drop Port nn on the Side A 32DMX-O/32DMX or 40-DMX-C card is consistent with the value read on the meter within 0.5 dB.

Step 29blank.gif Repeat Steps 18 through 28 for the remaining wavelengths on the 100-GHz grid that are not pass-through wavelengths.

Step 30blank.gif Remove the loopback connection on the Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card.

Step 31blank.gif Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup to restore the original configuration.

Step 32blank.gif Create a loopback on the Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E amplifier by connecting a patchcord from the LINE TX port to the LINE RX port with 10-dB bulk attenuator.

Step 33blank.gif Verify that the OSC link becomes active on the Side B OSCM card. (The OSC termination must be already provisioned. If not, complete the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.)

Step 34blank.gif Repeat 18 through 31 for Side B add and drop cards.

Step 35blank.gif Remove the loopback on the Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card.

Step 36blank.gif Restore the default administrative state (IS,AINS/Unlocked,automaticInService) on all the ports previously set to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI).

Stop. You have completed this procedure.


 

NTP-G45 Perform the C-Band Line Amplifier Node with OSCM Cards Acceptance Test

 

Purpose

This procedure tests a C-band line amplifier node with OSCM cards installed on both the Side B and Side A sides of the shelf by looping a single wavelength through the shelf.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_C

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

Chapter 4, “Turn Up a Node”

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Optical power measurements require either a tunable laser or a multirate transponder to generate the proper optical wavelength. If multirate transponders were installed during completion of “Turn Up a Node,” they can be used for this procedure. No additional cabling changes are needed.



Step 1blank.gif Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the node where you want to perform the acceptance test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 3.

Step 2blank.gif If you are using TXP_MR_10E_C cards, complete the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing. If not, continue with Step 3.

Step 3blank.gif From the View menu, choose Go to Home View.

Step 4blank.gif Click the Alarms tab.

a.blank.gif Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b.blank.gif Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif The OSC terminations created during node turn-up will generate two alarms for each side of the shelf, one for LOS on the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card, and the other for LOS on the OSCM card.


Step 5blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Verify that all statuses under Link Status are listed as Success - Changed or Success - Unchanged. If any are not, complete the following steps:

a.blank.gif Delete the two OSC channels using the G186 Delete an OSC Termination.

b.blank.gif Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup.

c.blank.gif Create the OSC channels using the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Step 6blank.gif Create a loopback on the Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card by using a fiber with a 10-dB bulk attenuator to connect the LINE TX port to the LINE RX port.

Step 7blank.gif If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following steps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, continue with Step 8.

a.blank.gif Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b.blank.gif Set the tuner to the wavelength under test, then continue with Step 9.

Step 8blank.gif If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, complete the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing for the TXP containing the wavelength you will test. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 9blank.gif Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the LINE RX port of the Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card using a 10-dB bulk attenuator.

caut.gif

Caution blank.gif Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 10blank.gif Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E and OSCM cards have cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarms indicates that the OSC link is active on Side A.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback. An LOS-O alarm appears on the Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card, and an LOS alarm appears on the Side B OCSM card.


If the alarms clear, continue with Step 11. If not, perform the following steps:

a.blank.gif Display the Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.

c.blank.gif In the Types area, click Alarms, then click Refresh.

d.blank.gif Locate the Port 2 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –30 dBm.

e.blank.gif Locate the Port 4 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –40 dBm.

f.blank.gif Click Apply, and then Yes.

g.blank.gif Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarm on the Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card has cleared. If so, continue with Step 11. If not, disconnect the OSCM card from the OPT-BST card.

h.blank.gif Create a loopback on the OSCM card by connecting a patch cable from the OSC TX port to the OSC RX port using a 10-dB bulk attenuator.

i.blank.gif Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarm on the Side A OSCM card has cleared. If so, replace the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card. If not, replace the OSCM card. See the G30 Install the DWDM Cards.

Step 11blank.gif If an OPT-PRE card is installed on Side B, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power. If not, continue with Step 12.

Step 12blank.gif Complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power for the Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E amplifier.

Step 13blank.gif If an OPT-PRE amplifier is installed on Side A, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power. It not, continue with continue with Step 14.

Step 14blank.gif Complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power for the Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E amplifier.

Step 15blank.gif Disconnect the TXP or tunable laser from the Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card.

Step 16blank.gif Remove the loopback on the Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card created in Step 6.

Step 17blank.gif Create a loopback on the Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card by connecting a patchcord from the LINE TX port to the LINE RX port with a 10-dB bulk attenuator.

Step 18blank.gif If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following steps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, continue with Step 19.

a.blank.gif Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b.blank.gif Set the tuner to the wavelength under test, then continue with Step 20.

Step 19blank.gif If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, complete the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing for the TXP containing the wavelength you will test. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 20blank.gif Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the LINE RX port of the Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card using a 10-dB bulk attenuator.

caut.gif

Caution blank.gif Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 21blank.gif Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card and the Side B OSCM card have cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarms indicates that the OSC link is active on Side B.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback. An LOS-O alarm appears on the Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card, and an LOS alarm appears on the Side A OCSM card.


If the alarms clear, continue with Step 22. If not, perform the following steps:

a.blank.gif Display the Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.

c.blank.gif In the Types area, click Alarms, then click Refresh.

d.blank.gif Locate the Port 2 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –30 dBm.

e.blank.gif Locate the Port 4 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –40 dBm.

f.blank.gif Click Apply, and then Yes.

g.blank.gif Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card has cleared. If so, continue with Step 22. If not, disconnect the OSCM card from the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card.

h.blank.gif Create a loopback on the OSCM card by connecting a patch cable from the OSC TX port to the OSC RX port using a 10-dB bulk attenuator.

i.blank.gif Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the Side B OSCM card has cleared. If so, replace the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card. If not, replace the OSCM card. See the G30 Install the DWDM Cards.

Step 22blank.gif If an OPT-PRE card is installed on Side A, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power. If not, continue with Step 23.

Step 23blank.gif Complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power for the Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E amplifier.

Step 24blank.gif If an OPT-PRE amplifier is installed on Side B, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power. It not, continue with continue with Step 25.

Step 25blank.gif Complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power for the Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E amplifier.

Step 26blank.gif Disconnect the TXP or tunable laser from the Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card.

Step 27blank.gif Remove the loopback on the Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E amplifier created in Step 17.

Step 28blank.gif Delete both OSC channels using the G186 Delete an OSC Termination.

Step 29blank.gif Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup to restore the original configuration.

Step 30blank.gif Create the two OSC channels using the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Stop. You have completed this procedure.


 

NTP-G155 Perform the L-Band Line Amplifier Node with OSCM Cards Acceptance Test

 

Purpose

This procedure tests a L-band line amplifier node with OSCM cards installed on both the Side B and Side A sides of the shelf by looping a single wavelength through the shelf.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_L

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

Chapter 4, “Turn Up a Node”

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Optical power measurements require either a tunable laser or a multirate transponder to generate the proper optical wavelength. If multirate transponders were installed during completion of “Turn Up a Node,” they can be used for this procedure. No additional cabling changes are needed.



Step 1blank.gif Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the node where you want to perform the acceptance test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2.

Step 2blank.gif If you are using TXP_MR_10E_L cards, complete the G358 Provision TXP_MR_10E_L Card for Acceptance Testing. If not, continue with Step 3.

Step 3blank.gif From the View menu, choose Go to Home View.

Step 4blank.gif Click the Alarms tab.

a.blank.gif Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b.blank.gif Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif The OSC terminations created during node turn-up will generate two alarms for each side of the shelf, one for an LOS on the OPT-BST-L card, and the other for an LOS on the OSCM card.


Step 5blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Verify that all statuses under Link Status are listed as Success - Changed or Success - Unchanged. If any are not, complete the following steps:

a.blank.gif Delete the two OSC channels using the G186 Delete an OSC Termination.

b.blank.gif Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup.

c.blank.gif Create the OSC channels using the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Step 6blank.gif Create a loopback on the Side A OPT-BST-L card by using a fiber with a 10-dB bulk attenuator to connect the LINE TX port to the LINE RX port.

Step 7blank.gif If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following steps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_L card, continue with Step 8.

a.blank.gif Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b.blank.gif Set the tuner to the wavelength under test, then continue with Step 9.

Step 8blank.gif If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_L card, complete the G358 Provision TXP_MR_10E_L Card for Acceptance Testing for the wavelength you will test.

Step 9blank.gif Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_L card DWDM TX port to the LINE RX port of the Side B OPT-BST-L card using a 10-dB bulk attenuator.

caut.gif

Caution blank.gif Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 10blank.gif Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the Side A OPT-BST-L and OSCM cards have cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarms indicates that the OSC link is active on Side A.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback. An LOS-O alarm appears on the Side B OPT-BST-L card, and an LOS alarm appears on the Side B OCSM card.


If the alarms clear, continue with Step 11. If not, perform the following steps:

a.blank.gif Display the Side A OPT-BST-L card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.

c.blank.gif In the Types area, click Alarms, then click Refresh.

d.blank.gif Locate the Port 2 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –30 dBm.

e.blank.gif Locate the Port 4 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –40 dBm.

f.blank.gif Click Apply, and then Yes.

g.blank.gif Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarm on the Side A OPT-BST-L card has cleared. If so, continue with Step 11. If not, disconnect the OSCM card from the OPT-BST-L card.

h.blank.gif Create a loopback on the OSCM card by connecting a patch cable from the OSC TX port to the OSC RX port using a 10-dB bulk attenuator.

i.blank.gif Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarm on the Side A OSCM card has cleared. If so, replace the OPT-BST-L card. If not, replace the OSCM card. See the G30 Install the DWDM Cards.

Step 11blank.gif If an OPT-AMP-L card (provisioned as an OPT-PRE) is installed on Side B, complete the G360 Verify the OPT-AMP-L (OPT-PRE Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power. If not, continue with Step 12.

Step 12blank.gif Complete the G359 Verify the OPT-BST-L or OPT-AMP-L (OPT-Line Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power for the Side A OPT-BST-L amplifier.

Step 13blank.gif If an OPT-AMP-L card (provisioned as an OPT-PRE) is installed on Side A, complete the G360 Verify the OPT-AMP-L (OPT-PRE Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power. It not, continue with continue with Step 14.

Step 14blank.gif Complete the G359 Verify the OPT-BST-L or OPT-AMP-L (OPT-Line Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power for the Side B OPT-BST-L amplifier.

Step 15blank.gif Disconnect the TXP card or tunable laser from the Side B OPT-BST-L card.

Step 16blank.gif Remove the loopback on the Side A OPT-BST-L created in Step 6.

Step 17blank.gif Create a loopback on the Side B OPT-BST-L card by connecting a patchcord from the LINE TX port to the LINE RX port with a 10-dB bulk attenuator.

Step 18blank.gif If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following steps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_L card, continue with Step 19.

a.blank.gif Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b.blank.gif Set the tuner to the wavelength under test, then continue with Step 20.

Step 19blank.gif If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_L card, complete the G358 Provision TXP_MR_10E_L Card for Acceptance Testing for the wavelength you will test.

Step 20blank.gif Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_L card DWDM TX port to the LINE RX port of the Side A OPT-BST-L card using a 10-dB bulk attenuator.

caut.gif

Caution blank.gif Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 21blank.gif Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the Side B OPT-BST-L and OSCM cards have cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarms indicates that the OSC link is active on Side B.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback. An LOS-O alarm appears on the Side A OPT-BST-L card, and an LOS alarm appears on the Side A OCSM card.


If the alarms clear, continue with Step 22. If not, perform the following steps:

a.blank.gif Display the Side B OPT-BST-L card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.

c.blank.gif In the Types area, click Alarms, then click Refresh.

d.blank.gif Locate the Port 2 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –30 dBm.

e.blank.gif Locate the Port 4 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –40 dBm.

f.blank.gif Click Apply, and then Yes.

g.blank.gif Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the Side B OPT-BST-L card has cleared. If so, continue with Step 22. If not, disconnect the OSCM card from the OPT-BST-L card.

h.blank.gif Create a loopback on the OSCM card by connecting a patch cable from the OSC TX port to the OSC RX port using a 10-dB bulk attenuator.

i.blank.gif Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the Side B OSCM card has cleared. If so, replace the OPT-BST-L card. If not, replace the OSCM card. See theG30 Install the DWDM Cards.

Step 22blank.gif If an OPT-AMP-L (provisioned in OPT-PRE mode) card is installed on Side A, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power. If not, continue with Step 23.

Step 23blank.gif Complete the G359 Verify the OPT-BST-L or OPT-AMP-L (OPT-Line Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power for the Side B OPT-BST-L amplifier.

Step 24blank.gif If an OPT-AMP-L (provisioned in OPT-PRE mode) card is installed on Side B, complete the G360 Verify the OPT-AMP-L (OPT-PRE Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power. It not, continue with continue with Step 25.

Step 25blank.gif Complete the G359 Verify the OPT-BST-L or OPT-AMP-L (OPT-Line Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power for the Side A OPT-BST-L amplifier.

Step 26blank.gif Disconnect the TXP card or tunable laser from the Side A OPT-BST-L card.

Step 27blank.gif Remove the loopback on the Side B OPT-BST-L amplifier created in Step 17.

Step 28blank.gif Delete both OSC channels using the G186 Delete an OSC Termination.

Step 29blank.gif Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup to restore the original configuration.

Step 30blank.gif Create the two OSC channels using the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Stop. You have completed this procedure.


 

NTP-G46 Perform the C-Band Line Amplifier Node with OSC-CSM Cards Acceptance Test

 

Purpose

This procedure tests a C-band line amplifier node with OSC-CSM cards installed on both Side B and Side A of the shelf by looping a single wavelength through the shelf.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_C card

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

Chapter 4, “Turn Up a Node”

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Optical power measurements require either a tunable laser or a multirate transponder to generate the proper optical wavelength. If multirate transponders were installed during completion of “Turn Up a Node,” they can be used for this procedure. No additional cabling changes are needed.



Step 1blank.gif Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the node where you want to perform the acceptance test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2.

Step 2blank.gif If you are using TXP_MR_10E_C cards, complete the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing. If not, continue with Step 3.

Step 3blank.gif From the View menu, choose Go to Home View.

Step 4blank.gif Click the Alarms tab.

a.blank.gif Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b.blank.gif Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif The OSC terminations created during node turn-up will generate an LOS alarm on the OSC-CSM card.


Step 5blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Verify that all statuses under Link Status are listed as Success - Changed or Success - Unchanged. If any are not, complete the following:

a.blank.gif Delete the two OSC channels using the G186 Delete an OSC Termination.

b.blank.gif Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup.

c.blank.gif Create the OSC channels using the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Step 6blank.gif Create a physical loopback on the Side A OSC-CSM card by connecting the LINE TX port to the LINE RX port with a fiber and 10-dB bulk attenuator.

caut.gif

Caution blank.gif Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 7blank.gif Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarm on the Side A OSC-CSM card has cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarm indicates that the OSC link is active on Side A.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback, and an LOS alarm will appear for the Side B OSC-CSM card, Port 1 (OSC).


If the alarm clears, continue with Step 8. If not, perform the following steps:

a.blank.gif Remove the 10-dB bulk attenuator on the OSC-CSM LINE TX and LINE RX ports and reconnect using only the patchcord.

b.blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Alarms tab. If the LOS alarm on the Side A OSC-CSM card clears, continue with Step 8. If not, continue with Step c.

c.blank.gif Display the OSC-CSM card in card view.

d.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.

e.blank.gif In the Types area, click Alarm, then click Refresh.

f.blank.gif Locate the Port 3 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –30 dBm.

g.blank.gif Locate the Port 6 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –40 dBm.

h.blank.gif Click Apply, and then Yes.

i.blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Alarms tab. If the LOS alarm on the Side A OSC-CSM card clears, continue with Step 8. If not, replace the OSC-CSM card.

Step 8blank.gif If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following steps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, continue with Step 9.

a.blank.gif Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b.blank.gif Set the tuner to the wavelength under test, then continue with Step 10.

Step 9blank.gif If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, complete the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing for the TXP containing the wavelength you will test. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 10blank.gif Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the Side B OSC-CSM LINE RX port using a 10-dB bulk attenuator.

caut.gif

Caution blank.gif Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 11blank.gif If an OPT-PRE card is installed on Side B, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power. If not, continue with Step 12.

Step 12blank.gif Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view.

Step 13blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Locate the Port 3 Power value. Verify that the value is higher than –30 dBm. If the power value is not higher than –30 dBm, check your connections and clean the fibers using the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors. If this does not change the power value, consult your next level of support.

Step 14blank.gif If an OPT-PRE card is installed on Side A of the shelf, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power. If not, continue with Step 15.

Step 15blank.gif Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view.

Step 16blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Locate the Port 2 Power value. Verify that the value is higher than –30 dBm. If the power value is not higher than –30 dBm, check your connections and clean the fibers using the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors. If this does not change the power value, consult your next level of support.

Step 17blank.gif Disconnect the TXP or tunable laser from the Side B OSC-CSM card.

Step 18blank.gif Remove the physical loopback created on the Side A OSC-CSM card in Step 6.

Step 19blank.gif Create a loopback on the Side B OSC-CSM card by connecting the LINE TX port with LINE RX port using a patchcord and 10-dB bulk attenuator.

caut.gif

Caution blank.gif Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 20blank.gif Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarm on the Side B OSC-CSM card has cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarm indicates that the OSC link is active on Side B.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback, and an LOS alarm will appear for the Side A OSC-CSM card, Port 1 (OSC).


If the alarm clears, continue with Step 21. If not, perform the following steps:

a.blank.gif Remove the 10-dB bulk attenuator on the OSC-CSM LINE TX and LINE RX ports and reconnect using only the patchcord.

b.blank.gif Wait 90 to 100 seconds then, in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Alarms tab. If the LOS alarm on the Side B OSC-CSM card clears, continue with Step 21. If not, continue with Step c.

c.blank.gif Display the OSC-CSM card in card view.

d.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.

e.blank.gif In the Types area, click Alarm, then click Refresh.

f.blank.gif Locate the Port 3 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –30 dBm.

g.blank.gif Locate the Port 6 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –40 dBm.

h.blank.gif Click Apply, and then Yes.

i.blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Alarms tab. If the LOS alarm on the Side B OSC-CSM card clears, continue with Step 21. If not, replace the OSC-CSM card.

Step 21blank.gif If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following steps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, continue with Step 22.

a.blank.gif Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b.blank.gif Set the tuner to the wavelength under test, then continue with Step 23.

Step 22blank.gif If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, complete the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing for the TXP containing the wavelength you will test. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 23blank.gif Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the Side A OSC-CSM LINE RX port using a 10-dB bulk attenuator.

caut.gif

Caution blank.gif Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 24blank.gif If an OPT-PRE card is installed on Side A, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power. If not, continue with Step 25.

Step 25blank.gif Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view.

Step 26blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Locate the Port 3 Power value. Verify that the value is higher than –30 dBm. If the power value is not higher than –30 dBm, check your connections and clean the fibers using the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors. If this does not change the power value, consult your next level of support.

Step 27blank.gif If an OPT-PRE is installed on Side B of the shelf, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power for the Side B OPT-PRE amplifier. If not, continue with Step 28.

Step 28blank.gif Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view.

Step 29blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and locate the Power value for Port 2. Verify that the value is higher than –30 dBm. If the power value is not higher than –30 dBm, check your connections and clean the fibers using the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors. If this does not change the power value, consult your next level of support.

Step 30blank.gif Disconnect the TXP card or tunable laser from the Side A OSC-CSM card.

Step 31blank.gif Remove the loopback created on the Side B OSC-CSM card in Step 19.

Step 32blank.gif Delete both OSC channels. See the G186 Delete an OSC Termination.

Step 33blank.gif Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup to restore the original configuration.

Step 34blank.gif Create the OSC channels using the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Stop. You have completed this procedure.


 

NTP-G156 Perform the L-Band Line Amplifier Node with OSC-CSM Cards Acceptance Test

 

Purpose

This procedure tests a L-band line amplifier node with OSC-CSM cards installed on both Side B and Side A of the shelf by looping a single wavelength through the shelf.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_MR_10E_L card

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

Chapter 4, “Turn Up a Node”

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Optical power measurements require either a tunable laser or a multirate transponder to generate the proper optical wavelength. If multirate transponders were installed during completion of “Turn Up a Node,” they can be used for this procedure. No additional cabling changes are needed.



Step 1blank.gif Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the node where you want to perform the acceptance test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2.

Step 2blank.gif If you are using TXP_MR_10E_L cards, complete the G358 Provision TXP_MR_10E_L Card for Acceptance Testing. If not, continue with Step 3.

Step 3blank.gif From the View menu, choose Go to Home View.

Step 4blank.gif Click the Alarms tab.

a.blank.gif Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b.blank.gif Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif The OSC terminations created during node turn-up will generate an LOS alarm on the OSC-CSM card.


Step 5blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Verify that all statuses under Link Status are listed as Success - Changed or Success - Unchanged. If any are not, complete the following:

a.blank.gif Delete the two OSC channels using the G186 Delete an OSC Termination.

b.blank.gif Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup.

c.blank.gif Create the OSC channels using the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Step 6blank.gif Create a physical loopback on the Side A OSC-CSM by connecting the LINE TX port to the LINE RX port with a fiber and 10-dB bulk attenuator.

caut.gif

Caution blank.gif Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 7blank.gif Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarm on the Side A OSC-CSM card has cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarm indicates that the OSC link is active on Side A.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback, and an LOS alarm will appear for the Side B OSC-CSM card, Port 1 (OSC).


If the alarm clears, continue with Step 8. If not, perform the following steps:

a.blank.gif Remove the 10-dB bulk attenuator on the OSC-CSM LINE TX and LINE RX ports and reconnect using only the patchcord.

b.blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Alarms tab. If the LOS alarm on the Side A OSC-CSM card clears, continue with Step 8. If not, continue with Step c.

c.blank.gif Display the OSC-CSM card in card view.

d.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.

e.blank.gif In the Types area, click Alarm, then click Refresh.

f.blank.gif Locate the Port 3 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –30 dBm.

g.blank.gif Locate the Port 6 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –40 dBm.

h.blank.gif Click Apply, and then Yes.

i.blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Alarms tab. If the LOS alarm on the Side A OSC-CSM card clears, continue with Step 8. If not, replace the OSC-CSM card.

Step 8blank.gif If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following steps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_L card, continue with Step 9.

a.blank.gif Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b.blank.gif Set the tuner to the wavelength under test, then continue with Step 10.

Step 9blank.gif If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_L card, complete the G358 Provision TXP_MR_10E_L Card for Acceptance Testing for the wavelength you will test.

Step 10blank.gif Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_L card DWDM TX port to the Side B OSC-CSM LINE RX port using a 10-dB bulk attenuator.

caut.gif

Caution blank.gif Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 11blank.gif If an OPT-AMP-L card (provisioned in OPT-PRE mode) is installed on Side B, complete the G360 Verify the OPT-AMP-L (OPT-PRE Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power. If not, continue with Step 12.

Step 12blank.gif Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view.

Step 13blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Locate the Port 3 Power value. Verify that the value is higher than –30 dBm. If the power value is not higher than –30 dBm, check your connections and clean the fibers using the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors. If this does not change the power value, consult your next level of support.

Step 14blank.gif If an OPT-AMP-L card (provisioned in OPT-PRE mode) is installed on Side A of the shelf, complete the G360 Verify the OPT-AMP-L (OPT-PRE Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power. If not, continue with Step 15.

Step 15blank.gif Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view.

Step 16blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Locate the Port 2 Power value. Verify that the value is higher than –30 dBm. If the power value is not higher than –30 dBm, check your connections and clean the fibers using the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors. If this does not change the power value, consult your next level of support.

Step 17blank.gif Disconnect the TXP card or tunable laser from the Side B OSC-CSM card.

Step 18blank.gif Remove the physical loopback created on the Side A OSC-CSM card in Step 6.

Step 19blank.gif Create a loopback on the Side B OSC-CSM by connecting the LINE TX port with LINE RX port using a patchcord and 10-dB bulk attenuator.

caut.gif

Caution blank.gif Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 20blank.gif Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarm on the Side B OSC-CSM card has cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarm indicates that the OSC link is active on Side B.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback, and an LOS alarm will appear for the Side A OSC-CSM card, Port 1 (OSC).


If the alarm clears, continue with Step 21. If not, perform the following steps:

a.blank.gif Remove the 10-dB bulk attenuator on the OSC-CSM LINE TX and LINE RX ports and reconnect using only the patchcord.

b.blank.gif Wait 90 to 100 seconds then, in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Alarms tab. If the LOS alarm on the Side B OSC-CSM card clears, continue with Step 21. If not, continue with Step c.

c.blank.gif Display the OSC-CSM card in card view.

d.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.

e.blank.gif In the Types area, click Alarm, then click Refresh.

f.blank.gif Locate the Port 3 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –30 dBm.

g.blank.gif Locate the Port 6 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –40 dBm.

h.blank.gif Click Apply, and then Yes.

i.blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Alarms tab. If the LOS alarm on the Side B OSC-CSM card clears, continue with Step 21. If not, replace the OSC-CSM card.

Step 21blank.gif If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following steps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_L card, continue with Step 22.

a.blank.gif Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b.blank.gif Set the tuner to the wavelength under test, then continue with Step 23.

Step 22blank.gif If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_L card, complete the G358 Provision TXP_MR_10E_L Card for Acceptance Testing for the wavelength you will test.

Step 23blank.gif Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_L card DWDM TX port to the Side A OSC-CSM LINE RX port using a 10-dB bulk attenuator.

caut.gif

Caution blank.gif Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 24blank.gif If an OPT-AMP-L card (provisioned in OPT-PRE mode) is installed on Side A, complete the G360 Verify the OPT-AMP-L (OPT-PRE Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power. If not, continue with Step 25.

Step 25blank.gif Display the Side B OSC-CSM card in card view.

Step 26blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Locate the Port 3 Power value. Verify that the value is higher than –30 dBm. If the power value is not higher than –30 dBm, check your connections and clean the fibers using the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors. If this does not change the power value, consult your next level of support.

Step 27blank.gif If an OPT-AMP-L card (provisioned in OPT-PRE mode) is installed on Side B, complete the G360 Verify the OPT-AMP-L (OPT-PRE Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power. If not, continue with Step 28.

Step 28blank.gif Display the Side A OSC-CSM card in card view.

Step 29blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and locate the Power value for Port 2. Verify that the value is higher than –30 dBm. If the power value is not higher than –30 dBm, check your connections and clean the fibers using the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors. If this does not change the power value, consult your next level of support.

Step 30blank.gif Disconnect the TXP card or tunable laser from the Side A OSC-CSM card.

Step 31blank.gif Remove the loopback created on the Side B OSC-CSM card in Step 19.

Step 32blank.gif Delete both OSC channels. See the G186 Delete an OSC Termination.

Step 33blank.gif Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup to restore the original configuration.

Step 34blank.gif Create the OSC channels using the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Stop. You have completed this procedure.


 

NTP-G47 Perform the C-Band Line Amplifier Node with OSCM and OSC-CSM Cards Acceptance Test

 

Purpose

This procedure tests a C-band line amplifier node provisioned with an OSC-CSM card installed on one side of the shelf and an OSCM card installed on the other. This test verifies that a line amplifier node provisioned is operating properly before you connect it to the network. The test verifies the operation of the amplifiers and checks the power levels at each transmit and receive port to ensure that power loss in the cabling is within tolerance.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser or
  • TXP_MR_10E_C card

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

Chapter 4, “Turn Up a Node”

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Optical power measurements require either a tunable laser or a multirate transponder to generate the proper optical wavelength. If multirate transponders were installed during completion of “Turn Up a Node,” they can be used for this procedure. No additional cabling changes are needed.


note.gif

Noteblank.gif Because the node is isolated and no line-side fibers are connected during the test, the power levels going into the line-side cards will not be the same as the levels when the node is connected to the network. Therefore, if the line amplifier shelf does not contain OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E amplifiers and OPT-PRE amplifiers on both Side B and Side A, you must lower the OPT-PRE power thresholds so that it turns on properly. At the end of the test, you will run ANS to configure the node with the correct parameters for the network acceptance test.



Step 1blank.gif Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the node where you want to perform the acceptance test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2.

Step 2blank.gif If you are using TXP_MR_10E_C cards, complete the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing. If not, continue with Step 3.

Step 3blank.gif Display the terminal node in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode).

Step 4blank.gif Click the Alarms tab.

a.blank.gif Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b.blank.gif Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif The OSC terminations created during node turn-up will generate two alarms for each side of the shelf, one for an LOS on the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card, and the other for an LOS on the OSC-CSM or OSCM card.


Step 5blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Verify that all statuses under Link Status are listed as Success - Changed or Success - Unchanged. If any are not, complete the following:

a.blank.gif Delete the two OSC channels using the G186 Delete an OSC Termination.

b.blank.gif Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup.

c.blank.gif Create the OSC channels using the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Step 6blank.gif Create a loopback on the OSC-CSM card by connecting the LINE TX port to the LINE RX port using a patchcord and 10-dB bulk attenuator.

caut.gif

Caution blank.gif Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 7blank.gif Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarm on the OSC-CSM card has cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarm indicates that the OSC link is active for this side of the shelf.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback.


If the alarm clears, continue with Step 8. If not, perform the following steps:

a.blank.gif Remove the 10-dB bulk attenuator on the OSC-CSM LINE TX and LINE RX ports and reconnect using only the patchcord.

b.blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Alarms tab. If the LOS alarm on the OSC-CSM card clears, continue with Step 8. If not, continue with Step c.

c.blank.gif Display the OSC-CSM card in card view.

d.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.

e.blank.gif In the Types area, click Alarm, then click Refresh.

f.blank.gif Locate the Port 3 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –30 dBm.

g.blank.gif Locate the Port 6 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –40 dBm.

h.blank.gif Click Apply, and then Yes.

i.blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Alarms tab. If the LOS alarm on the OSC-CSM card clears, continue with Step 8. If not, replace the OSC-CSM card.

Step 8blank.gif If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following steps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, continue with Step 9.

a.blank.gif Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b.blank.gif Set the tuner to the wavelength under test, then continue with Step 10.

Step 9blank.gif If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_C card, complete the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing for the TXP containing the wavelength you will test. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 10blank.gif Measure the TXP output power by connecting the TXP DWDM TX port to a test meter. Record the results for future reference.

Step 11blank.gif Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E LINE RX port using a fiber patchcord and 10-dB bulk attenuator.

caut.gif

Caution blank.gif Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 12blank.gif If an OPT-PRE card is installed on the side opposite the OSC-CSM, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power. If not, continue with Step 13.

Step 13blank.gif Display the OSC-CSM card in card view.

Step 14blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and locate the Port 2 (COM-RX) Power value. Verify that the value is higher than –30 dBm. If the power value is not higher than –30 dBm, check your connections and clean the fibers using the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors. If this does not change the power value, consult your next level of support.

Step 15blank.gif If an OPT-PRE card is installed on the same Side As the OSC-CSM, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power. If not, continue with Step 16.

Step 16blank.gif Complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power for the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card.

Step 17blank.gif Disconnect the TXP or tunable laser from the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card.

Step 18blank.gif Remove the loopback fiber on the OSC-CSM card.

Step 19blank.gif Delete both OSC channels. See the G186 Delete an OSC Termination.

Step 20blank.gif Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup to restore the original configuration.

Step 21blank.gif Create the OSC channels using the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Step 22blank.gif Create a loopback on the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card by connecting the LINE TX port with LINE RX port using a patchcord and 10-dB bulk attenuator.

Step 23blank.gif Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card and the OSCM card have cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarms indicates that the OSC link is active for this side of the shelf.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback.


If the alarms clear, continue with Step 24. If not, perform the following steps:

a.blank.gif Display the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.

c.blank.gif In the Types area, click Alarms, then click Refresh.

d.blank.gif Locate the Port 2 (COM-TX) Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –30 dBm.

e.blank.gif Locate the Port 4 (OSC-TX) Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –40 dBm.

f.blank.gif Click Apply, and then Yes.

g.blank.gif Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card has cleared. If so, continue with Step 24. If not, disconnect the OSCM card from the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card.

h.blank.gif Create a loopback on the OSCM card by connecting a patch cable from the OSC TX port to the OSC RX port using a 10-dB bulk attenuator.

i.blank.gif Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarm on the OSCM card has cleared. If not, check your connections and clean the fibers using the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors. If this does not change the power value, consult your next level of support.

Step 24blank.gif Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the OSC-CSM LINE RX port using a fiber patchcord and 10-dB bulk attenuator.

Step 25blank.gif If an OPT-PRE is installed on the same side of the shelf as the OSC-CSM, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power. If not, continue with Step 26.

Step 26blank.gif Complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power for the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card.

Step 27blank.gif Display the OSC-CSM card in card view.

Step 28blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Verify that the power value on Port 3 (COM-TX) is equal to the optical power from the tunable laser or TXP_MR_10E_C card (measured in Step 10blank.gif) –10 dB, +/– 2 dB. If not, check your connections and clean the fibers using the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors. If this does not change the power value, consult your next level of support.

Step 29blank.gif If an OPT-PRE card is installed on the side opposite the OSC-CSM, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power. If not, continue with Step 30.

Step 30blank.gif Disconnect the TXP or tunable laser from the OSC-CSM card.

Step 31blank.gif Remove the loopback fiber on the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E amplifier card.

Step 32blank.gif Delete both OSC channels. See the G186 Delete an OSC Termination.

Step 33blank.gif Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup to restore the original configuration.

Step 34blank.gif Create the OSC channels using the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Stop. You have completed this procedure.


 

NTP-G157 Perform the L-Band Line Amplifier Node with OSCM and OSC-CSM Cards Acceptance Test

 

Purpose

This procedure tests a L-band line amplifier node with an OSC-CSM card installed on one side of the shelf and an OSCM card installed on the other.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser or
  • TXP_MR_10E_L card

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

Chapter 4, “Turn Up a Node”

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Optical power measurements require either a tunable laser or a multirate transponder to generate the proper optical wavelength. If multirate transponders were installed during completion of “Turn Up a Node,” they can be used for this procedure. No additional cabling changes are needed.



Step 1blank.gif Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the node where you want to perform the acceptance test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2.

Step 2blank.gif If you are using TXP_MR_10E_L cards, complete the G358 Provision TXP_MR_10E_L Card for Acceptance Testing. If not, continue with Step 3.

Step 3blank.gif From the View menu, choose Go to Home View.

Step 4blank.gif Click the Alarms tab.

a.blank.gif Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b.blank.gif Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif The OSC terminations created during node turn-up will generate two alarms for each side of the shelf, one for an LOS on the OPT-BST-L card, and the other for an LOS on the OSC-CSM or OSCM card. If OSCM cards are installed on ANSI shelves, EOC DCC Termination Failure alarms will appear.


Step 5blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Verify that all statuses under Link Status are listed as Success - Changed or Success - Unchanged. If any are not, complete the following:

a.blank.gif Delete the two OSC channels using the G186 Delete an OSC Termination.

b.blank.gif Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup.

c.blank.gif Create the OSC channels using the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Step 6blank.gif Create a loopback on the OSC-CSM card by connecting the LINE TX port to the LINE RX port using a fiber patchcord and 10-dB bulk attenuator.

caut.gif

Caution blank.gif Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 7blank.gif Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarm on the OSC-CSM card has cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarm indicates that the OSC link is active for this side of the shelf.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback.


If the alarm clears, continue with Step 8. If not, perform the following steps:

a.blank.gif Remove the 10-dB bulk attenuator on the OSC-CSM LINE TX and LINE RX ports and reconnect using only the patchcord.

b.blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Alarms tab. If the LOS alarm on the OSC-CSM card clears, continue with Step 8. If not, continue with Step c.

c.blank.gif Display the OSC-CSM card in card view.

d.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.

e.blank.gif In the Types area, click Alarm, then click Refresh.

f.blank.gif Locate the Port 3 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –30 dBm.

g.blank.gif Locate the Port 6 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –40 dBm.

h.blank.gif Click Apply, and then Yes.

i.blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Alarms tab. If the LOS alarm on the OSC-CSM card clears, continue with Step 8. If not, replace the OSC-CSM card.

Step 8blank.gif If you are using a tunable laser, follow the manufacturer’s instructions to complete the following steps. If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_L card, continue with Step 9.

a.blank.gif Set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm.

b.blank.gif Set the tuner to the wavelength under test, then continue with Step 10.

Step 9blank.gif If you are using a TXP_MR_10E_L card, complete the G358 Provision TXP_MR_10E_L Card for Acceptance Testing for the wavelength you will test.

Step 10blank.gif Measure the TXP card output power by connecting the TXP card DWDM TX port to a test meter. Record the results for future reference.

Step 11blank.gif Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_L card DWDM TX port to the OPT-BST-L LINE RX port using a 10-dB bulk attenuator.

caut.gif

Caution blank.gif Failure to use proper attenuation might damage the equipment.

Step 12blank.gif Display the OPT-BST-L card in card view.

Step 13blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Verify that the power value on Port 2 (Out Com) is equal to the optical power from the tunable laser or TXP_MR_10E_L card (measured in Step 10blank.gif), +/– 1.0 dBm.

Step 14blank.gif If an OPT-AMP-L card (provisioned in OPT-PRE mode) is installed on the side opposite the OSC-CSM card, complete the G360 Verify the OPT-AMP-L (OPT-PRE Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power. If not, continue with Step 15.

Step 15blank.gif Display the OSC-CSM card in card view.

Step 16blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and locate the Port 3 Power value. Verify that the value is higher than –30 dBm. If the power value is not higher than –30 dBm, check your connections and clean the fibers using the G115 Clean Fiber Connectors. If this does not change the power value, consult your next level of support.

Step 17blank.gif If an OPT-AMP-L card (provisioned in OPT-PRE mode) is installed on the same Side As the OSC-CSM, complete the G360 Verify the OPT-AMP-L (OPT-PRE Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power. If not, continue with Step 18.

Step 18blank.gif Complete the G359 Verify the OPT-BST-L or OPT-AMP-L (OPT-Line Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power for the OPT-BST-L card.

Step 19blank.gif Disconnect the TXP card or tunable laser from the OPT-BST-L card.

Step 20blank.gif Remove the loopback fiber on the OSC-CSM card.

Step 21blank.gif Delete both OSC channels. See the G186 Delete an OSC Termination.

Step 22blank.gif Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup to restore the original configuration.

Step 23blank.gif Create the OSC channels using the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Step 24blank.gif Create a loopback on the OPT-BST-L card by connecting the LINE TX port with LINE RX port using a patchcord and 10-dB bulk attenuator.

Step 25blank.gif Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the OPT-BST-L and OSCM cards have cleared. The clearing of the LOS alarms indicates that the OSC link is active for this side of the shelf.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif For ANSI shelves, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback.


If the alarms clear, continue with Step 26. If not, perform the following steps:

a.blank.gif Display the OPT-BST-L card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs.

c.blank.gif In the Types area, click Alarms, then click Refresh.

d.blank.gif Locate the Port 2 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –30 dBm.

e.blank.gif Locate the Port 4 Power Failure Low parameter. Double-click the table cell and change the value to –40 dBm.

f.blank.gif Click Apply, and then Yes.

g.blank.gif Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the OPT-BST-L card has cleared. If so, continue with Step 26. If not, disconnect the OSCM card from the OPT-BST-L card.

h.blank.gif Create a loopback on the OSCM card by connecting a patch cable from the OSC TX port to the OSC RX port using a 10-dB bulk attenuator.

i.blank.gif Wait 90 to 100 seconds, then in node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarm on the OSCM card has cleared. If so, replace the OPT-BST-L card. If not, replace the OSCM card. See the G30 Install the DWDM Cards.

Step 26blank.gif Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_L card DWDM TX port to the OSC-CSM LINE RX port using a 10-dB bulk attenuator.

Step 27blank.gif If an OPT-AMP-L card (provisioned in OPT-PRE mode) is installed on the same side of the shelf as the OSC-CSM, complete the G360 Verify the OPT-AMP-L (OPT-PRE Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power. If not, continue with Step 28.

Step 28blank.gif Complete the G359 Verify the OPT-BST-L or OPT-AMP-L (OPT-Line Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power for the OPT-BST-L card.

Step 29blank.gif Display the OSC-CSM card in card view.

Step 30blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Verify that the power value on Port 3 (Out Com) is equal to the optical power from the tunable laser or TXP_MR_10E_L card (measured in Step 10blank.gif), +/– 1.0 dBm.

Step 31blank.gif If an OPT-AMP-L card (provisioned in OPT-PRE mode) is installed on the side opposite the OSC-CSM, complete the G360 Verify the OPT-AMP-L (OPT-PRE Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power. If not, continue with Step 32.

Step 32blank.gif Disconnect the TXP card or tunable laser from the OSC-CSM card.

Step 33blank.gif Remove the loopback fiber on the OPT-BST-L amplifier card.

Step 34blank.gif Delete both OSC channels. See the G186 Delete an OSC Termination.

Step 35blank.gif Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup to restore the original configuration.

Step 36blank.gif Create the OSC channels using the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.

Stop. You have completed this procedure.


 

NTP-G48 Perform the OADM Node Acceptance Test on a Symmetric Node with OSCM Cards

 

Purpose

This procedure checks the integrity of all the optical connections inside an OADM node with OSCM cards installed on both Side B and Side A of the shelf. Three connection types are tested:

  • Express
  • Pass-through
  • Add/Drop

Tools/Equipment

A tunable laser or a TXP_MR_10E_C card

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

Chapter4, “Turn Up a Node”

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Optical power measurements require either a tunable laser or a multirate transponder to generate the proper optical wavelength. If multirate transponders were installed during completion of “Turn Up a Node,” they can be used for this procedure. No additional cabling changes are needed.



Step 1blank.gif Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the OADM node where you want to perform the acceptance test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2.

Step 2blank.gif From the View menu, choose Go to Network View.

Step 3blank.gif Click the Alarms tab.

a.blank.gif Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b.blank.gif Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If equipment failure alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

Step 4blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Verify that all statuses under Link Status are Success - Changed or Success - Unchanged. If not, complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup.

Step 5blank.gif Check your Cisco TransportPlanner site configuration file to verify the presence of added and dropped bands (including four channels at 100 GHz) configured in pass-through mode in either direction.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Configuring a band in pass-through mode means that the band is dropped in one direction by an AD-xB-xx.x card on one side (Side B or Side A) of the node, then added by another AD-xB-x.xx card on the opposite side in the same direction. The band is not terminated inside the node.


Step 6blank.gif If no bands are configured in pass-through mode, continue with Step 7. If a band is configured in pass-through mode, mark it and skip the related optical test for the express, add, and drop sections. Band pass-through connections are verified separately.

Step 7blank.gif Check the site configuration file from Cisco TransportPlanner to verify the presence of dropped or added channels configured in pass-through mode in either direction.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Configuring a channel in pass-through mode means that the channel is dropped in one direction by an AD-xC-xx.x card on one side (Side B or Side A) of the node, then added by another AD-xC-x.xx card on the opposite side in the same direction. The channel is not terminated inside the node.


Step 8blank.gif If no channels are configured in pass-through mode, continue with Step 9. If a channel is configured in pass-through mode, mark it and skip the related optical test for the express, add, and drop sections. Channel pass-through connections are verified separately.

Step 9blank.gif Create a loopback on the Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card by connecting the LINE TX port to the LINE RX port using a patchcord and 10-dB bulk attenuator.

Step 10blank.gif Verify that the OSC link becomes active on the Side A OSCM card. (The OSC termination must be already provisioned. If not, complete the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.) If the OSC link becomes active, continue with Step 11. If the OSC link does not turn up, complete the following steps:

a.blank.gif Modify the OSC Fail Low thresholds. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs and change the Port 4 opwrMin (minimum power) to –40 dBm.

b.blank.gif Modify the COM TX Fail Low Threshold. Change the Port 2 opwrMin (minimum power) to –30 dBm.

c.blank.gif If the OSC link turns up, continue with Step 11. If the OSC link is still down, disconnect the OSCM card from the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card.

d.blank.gif Create a loopback on the OSCM card by connecting patch cable from the OSC TX port to the OSC RX port using a 10-dB bulk attenuator.

e.blank.gif If the OSC link turns up, replace the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card. If the OSC link does not turn up, replace the OSCM card.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Due to the OSC signal loopback, an EOC DCC Termination Failure alarm might be raised on ANSI shelves.


Step 11blank.gif If the node has express bands or channels, complete the G85 Verify Express Channel Connections on an OADM Node with OSCM Cards. If the node does not have express bands or channels, continue with Step 12.

Step 12blank.gif If connections configured in pass-through mode are present (noted in Steps 6 and 8 ), complete the G89 Verify OADM Node Pass-Through Channel Connections. If not, continue with Step 13blank.gif.

Step 13blank.gif If connections have add/drop connections, complete the G93 Verify Add and Drop Connections on an OADM Node with OSCM Cards.

Stop. You have completed this procedure.


 

DLP-G85 Verify Express Channel Connections on an OADM Node with OSCM Cards

 

Purpose

This task verifies the express channel connections during an OADM node acceptance test.

Tools/Equipment

A tunable laser or a TXP_MR_10E_C

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1blank.gif If you are using a tunable laser, set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm. If not, continue with Step 2.

Step 2blank.gif Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E LINE RX port.

Step 3blank.gif Based on the Cisco TransportPlanner site configuration file, tune the tunable laser of the TXP_MR_10E_C card to a wavelength (on the 100-GHz ITU-T grid) that runs on the express path of all AD-xB-xx.x and AD-xC-xx.x cards on the Side B-to-Side A and Side A-to-Side B directions. Refer to the tunable laser manufacturer’s documentation or the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing.

Step 4blank.gif If an OPT-PRE card is installed on Side B, insert a 10-dB bulk attenuator on the COM RX port and complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power. If an OPT-PRE card is not installed on Side B, continue with Step 5.

Step 5blank.gif If AD-xB-xx.x cards are installed on Side B, complete the G87 Verify the AD-xB-xx.x Output Express Power for each Side B card. If not, continue with Step 6.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif If AD-xB-xx.x and AD-xC-xx.x cards are both installed in one direction, the received express channels will go into the AD-xB-xx.x cards first, then into the AD-xC-xx.x cards.


Step 6blank.gif If AD-xC-xx.x cards are installed on Side B, complete the G88 Verify the AD-xC-xx.x Output Express Power for each Side B card. If not, continue with Step 7.

Step 7blank.gif If AD-xC-xx.x cards are installed on Side A, complete the G271 Verify the AD-xC-xx.x Output Common Power for each Side A card. If not, continue with Step 8.

Step 8blank.gif If AD-xB-xx.x cards are installed on Side A, complete the G272 Verify the AD-xB-xx.x Output Common Power for each Side A card. If not, continue with Step 9.

Step 9blank.gif Complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power for the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card installed on Side B.

Step 10blank.gif If an OPT-PRE card is installed on Side A, complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power. If an OPT-PRE card is not installed, continue with Step 11.

Step 11blank.gif Repeat Steps 5 through 8 for the AD-xB-xx.x and AD-xC-xx.x cards along the Side A-to-Side B direction.

Step 12blank.gif Complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power for the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card installed on Side A.

Step 13blank.gif Return to the originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-G87 Verify the AD-xB-xx.x Output Express Power

 

Purpose

This task verifies the output express power of AD-xB-xx.x cards.

Tools/Equipment

None

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite or remote

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1blank.gif Display the AD-xB-xx.x card in card view.

Step 2blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

Step 3blank.gif Change the Output Express port administrative state to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI). Click Apply.

Step 4blank.gif Verify that the Output Express port Power value is greater than the default no-power value of –28 dBm.

Step 5blank.gif Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-G88 Verify the AD-xC-xx.x Output Express Power

 

Purpose

This task verifies the output express power of the AD-xC-xx.x cards.

Tools/Equipment

None

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite or remote

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1blank.gif Display the AD-xC-xx.x card in card view.

Step 2blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

Step 3blank.gif Change the Output Express port administrative state to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI). Click Apply.

Step 4blank.gif Verify that the Output Express port Power value is greater than the default no-power value of –30 dBm.

Step 5blank.gif Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-G271 Verify the AD-xC-xx.x Output Common Power

 

Purpose

This task verifies the common power of the AD-xC-xx.x cards.

Tools/Equipment

None

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite or remote

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1blank.gif Display the AD-xC-xx.x card in card view.

Step 2blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

Step 3blank.gif Verify that the Output Com port Power value is greater than the default no-power value of –30 dBm.

Step 4blank.gif Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-G272 Verify the AD-xB-xx.x Output Common Power

 

Purpose

This task verifies the output common power of the AD-xB-xx.x cards.

Tools/Equipment

None

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite or remote

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1blank.gif Display the AD-xB-xx.x card in card view.

Step 2blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

Step 3blank.gif Verify that the Output Com port Power value is greater than the default no-power value of –28 dBm.

Step 4blank.gif Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-G89 Verify OADM Node Pass-Through Channel Connections

 

Purpose

This task verifies the pass-through channel connections during an OADM node acceptance test.

Tools/Equipment

A tunable laser or a TXP_MR_10E_C

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1blank.gif Identify the first band connection configured in pass-through mode in both directions.

Step 2blank.gif Set the tunable laser or TXP_MR_10E_C card to the wavelength of the band to be tested. Refer to the tunable laser manufacturer’s documentation or the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing.

Step 3blank.gif Complete the G90 Verify an AD-xB-xx.x Pass-Through Connection Power for the first pass-through connection.

Step 4blank.gif Complete one of the following:

    • If OSCM cards are installed, connect a power meter to the Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E LINE TX port and verify that the Side B amplifier is turned on by the pass-through wavelength.
    • If OSC-CSM cards are installed, complete the G84 Verify the OSC-CSM Incoming Power for the Side B OSC-CSM card.

Step 5blank.gif Complete Steps 2 through 4 for each band connection configured in pass-through mode in both directions.

Step 6blank.gif If channel pass-through connections are not present, continue with Step 15. If channel pass-through connections are present, continue with one of the following steps:

    • If the pass-through channel connections use an AD-xC-xx.x card, continue with Step 7.
    • If the pass-through channel connections use a 4MD-xx.x card, continue with Step 11.

Step 7blank.gif Tune the tunable laser on a wavelength (1 of 4) belonging to the channel to be tested.

Step 8blank.gif Complete the G91 Verify an AD-xC-xx.x Pass-Through Connection for the first pass-through connection.

Step 9blank.gif Complete one of the following:

    • If an OSCM card is installed, connect a power meter to LINE TX port on the front-pane and verify that the Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E amplifier is turned on by the pass-through wavelength.
    • If an OSC-CSM card is installed, complete the G84 Verify the OSC-CSM Incoming Power for the Side B OSC-CSM card.

Step 10blank.gif If the pass-through connections use a 4MD-xx.x card, continue with Step 11. If not, continue with Step 15.

Step 11blank.gif Identify the first channel connection that is configured in pass-through mode using the 4MD-xx.x cards in both directions.

Step 12blank.gif Tune the tunable laser on the corresponding wavelength.

Step 13blank.gif Complete the G92 Verify 4MD-xx.x Pass-Through Connection Power.

Step 14blank.gif Perform one of the following:

    • If an OSCM card is installed, connect a power meter to LINE TX port on the card front panel and verify that the Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E amplifier is turned on by the pass-through wavelength.
    • If an OSC-CSM card is installed, complete the G84 Verify the OSC-CSM Incoming Power for the Side B OSC-CSM card.

Step 15blank.gif Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-G92 Verify 4MD-xx.x Pass-Through Connection Power

 

Purpose

This task verifies 4MD-xx.x pass-through connection power.

Tools/Equipment

None

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite or remote

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1blank.gif Verify the TX band power on the related Side B AD-xB-xx.x card:

a.blank.gif Display the Side B AD-xB-xx.x card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Band > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Change the administrative state of the BAND TX port to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) for the channel related to the wavelength selected on the tunable laser.

d.blank.gif Verify that the BAND TX Power value is higher than the default no-power value of –30 dBm.

Step 2blank.gif Verify the TX power on the Side B 4MD-xx.x card (Side B-to-Side A):

a.blank.gif Display the Side B 4MD-xx.x card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Verify that the Power value on the CHAN TX port is higher than the default no-power value of –35 dBm.

Step 3blank.gif Verify the RX band power on the related Side A AD-xB-xx.x card (Side B-to-Side A):

a.blank.gif Display the Side A AD-xB-xx.x card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Band > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Verify that the BAND RX Power value is higher than the default no-power values of –30 dBm.

Step 4blank.gif Verify the Side A 4MD-xx.x card (Side B-to-Side A):

a.blank.gif Display the Side A 4MD-xx.x card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Change the administrative state of the CHAN RX port to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) for the channel related to the wavelength selected on the tunable laser.

d.blank.gif Verify that the Power value of the CHAN RX port reaches the provisioned set point (VOA Power Ref).

Step 5blank.gif Verify the TX band power on the Side A AD-xB-xx.x card (Side A-to-Side B):

a.blank.gif Display the Side A AD-xB-xx.x card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Band > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Change the administrative state of the BAND TX port to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) for the channel related to the wavelength selected on the tunable laser.

d.blank.gif Verify that the BAND TX Power value is higher than the default no-power value of –30 dBm.

Step 6blank.gif Verify the Side A 4MD-xx.x card (Side A-to-Side B):

a.blank.gif Display the Side A 4MD-xx.x card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Verify that the Power value on the CHAN TX port is higher than the default no-power value of –35 dBm.

Step 7blank.gif Verify the Side B 4MD-xx.x card (Side A-to-Side B):

a.blank.gif Display the Side B 4MD-xx.x card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Change the administrative state of the CHAN RX port to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) for the channel related to the wavelength selected on the tunable laser.

d.blank.gif Verify that the Power value of the CHAN RX port reaches the provisioned set point (VOA Power Ref).

Step 8blank.gif Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-G90 Verify an AD-xB-xx.x Pass-Through Connection Power

 

Purpose

This task verifies an AD-xB-xx.x pass-through connection.

Tools/Equipment

None

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite or remote

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1blank.gif Verify the Side B AD-xB-xx.x band TX power:

a.blank.gif Display the Side B AD-xB-xx.x card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Band > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Change the administrative state of the BAND TX (Side B-to-Side A) port related to the wavelength selected on the tunable laser to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI). Click Apply.

d.blank.gif Verify that the BAND TX port Power value is higher than the default no-power value of –30 dBm.

Step 2blank.gif Verify the Side A AD-xB-xx.x card RX and TX power:

a.blank.gif Display the Side A AD-xB-xx.x card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Band > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Verify that the Power value of the BAND RX (Side B-to-Side A) port is higher than the default no-power value of –30 dBm.

d.blank.gif Change the administrative state of the BAND TX (Side A-to-Side B) port related to the wavelength selected on the tunable laser to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI). Click Apply.

e.blank.gif Verify that the BAND TX port Power value is higher than the default no-power value of –30 dBm.

Step 3blank.gif Verify the BAND RX port on the Side B AD-xB-xx.x card:

a.blank.gif Display the Side B AD-xB-xx.x card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Band > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Verify that the Power value of the BAND RX (Side A-to-Side B) port is higher than the default no-power value of –30 dBm.

Step 4blank.gif Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-G91 Verify an AD-xC-xx.x Pass-Through Connection

 

Purpose

This task verifies an AD-xC-xx.x pass-through connection.

Tools/Equipment

None

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite or remote

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1blank.gif Verify the Side B AD-xC-xx.x channel TX power:

a.blank.gif Display the Side B AD-xC-xx.x card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Verify that the power value for the CHAN TX port is higher than the default no-power value of –35 dBm.

d.blank.gif If the AD-xC-xx.x card is an AD-4C-xx.x card, a VOA (applied to all four channels) is installed along the drop path and needs to be activated in Step e .

e.blank.gif Change the administrative state of the CHAN TX port related to the wavelength selected on the tunable laser to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI). Click Apply.

f.blank.gif Verify that the power value of the CHAN TX port is higher than the default no-power value of –35 dBm.

Step 2blank.gif Verify the channel power for the corresponding Side A AD-xC-xx.x card:

a.blank.gif Display the Side A AD-xC-xx.x card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Verify that the power value of the CHAN TX port is higher than the default no-power value of –35 dBm.

d.blank.gif Verify that the Power value of the CHAN RX port reaches the provisioned set point (VOA Power Ref).

e.blank.gif Change the administrative state of the CHAN TX port related to the wavelength selected on the tunable laser to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI). Click Apply.

f.blank.gif If the AD-xC-xx.x is an AD-4C-W card, a VOA (applying to all four channels) is installed along the drop path and needs to be activated in Step g .

g.blank.gif Change the administrative state of the CHAN TX port related to the wavelength selected on the tunable laser to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI). Click Apply.

h.blank.gif Verify that the power value of the CHAN TX port is higher than the default no-power value of –35 dBm.

Step 3blank.gif Verify the Side B AD-xC-xx.x channel RX power:

a.blank.gif Display the Side B AD-xC-xx.x card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Change the administrative state of the CHAN RX port to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) for the channel related to the wavelength selected on the tunable laser.

d.blank.gif Verify that the Power value of the CHAN RX port reaches the provisioned set point (VOA Power Ref).

Step 4blank.gif Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-G84 Verify the OSC-CSM Incoming Power

 

Purpose

This task verifies the OSC-CSM card incoming power.

Tools/Equipment

None

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite or remote

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1blank.gif Display the OSC-CSM card in card view.

Step 2blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

Step 3blank.gif Verify that the Power value for Port 2 is higher than the default no-power value of –30 dBm. The calculated expected power for Port 2 is the OPT-PRE card Pout COM TX value. Normally, this is + 2 dBm.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Actual output power is affected by many factors. Always consider the calculated expected power to be a general guideline and not a precise value.


Step 4blank.gif Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-G93 Verify Add and Drop Connections on an OADM Node with OSCM Cards

 

Purpose

This task verifies the add and drop channel connections for an OADM node with OSCM cards installed.

Tools/Equipment

A tunable laser or a TXP_MR_10E_C card

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only

note.gif

Noteblank.gif In this task, you will verify add and drop connections in the following order: Side B-to-Side A add and Side A-to-Side B drop, Steps 1 through 15; Side A-to-Side B add and Side B-to-Side A drop, Steps 16 through 17.



Step 1blank.gif Based on the Cisco TransportPlanner site configuration file, tune the tunable laser or TXP_MR_10E_C card to a wavelength (belonging to the 100-GHz ITU-T grid) of the channel running on the first add path of the first Side A AD-xC-xx.x or Side A 4MD-xx.x card in the Side B-to-Side A direction. Refer to the tunable laser manufacturer’s documentation or the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing.

Step 2blank.gif Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the corresponding 15xx.x RX port (on the card front panel) of the Side A AD-xC-xx.x or 4MD-xx.x card.

Step 3blank.gif Verify the Side A AD-xC-xx.x or 4MD-xx.x card (Side B-to-Side A):

a.blank.gif Display the Side A AD-xC-xx.x or 4MD-xx.x card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Change the administrative state of the CHAN RX port to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) for the channel related to the wavelength chosen on the tunable laser.

d.blank.gif Verify that the Power value of the CHAN RX port reaches the provisioned set point (VOA Power Ref).

Step 4blank.gif Complete the G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power on the Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E amplifier to verify that the added wavelength turns on the laser.

Step 5blank.gif If the add connection uses a 4MD-xx.x card, continue with Step 6. If the add connection uses an AD-xC-xx.x card, move to Step 10.

Step 6blank.gif Verify the RX band port on the Side A AD-xB-xx.x card:

a.blank.gif Display the Side A AD-xB-xx.x card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Band > Parameters tabs.

Step 7blank.gif Verify that the BAND RX Power value is higher than the default no-power value of –30 dBm.

Step 8blank.gif Verify the band TX port on the Side A AD-xB-xx.x (Side A-to-Side B):

a.blank.gif Display the Side A AD-xB-xx.x card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Band > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Change the administrative state of the BAND TX port to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) for the channel related to the wavelength selected on the tunable laser or TXP_MR_10E_C card.

d.blank.gif Verify that the Power value of the BAND TX port is higher than the default no-power value of –30 dBm.

Step 9blank.gif Verify the Side A 4MD-xx.x card (Side A-to-Side B):

a.blank.gif Display the Side A 4MD-xx.x card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Verify that the Power value of the CHAN TX port is higher than the default no-power value of –30 dBm.

Step 10blank.gif Verify the Side A AD-xC-xx.x (Side A-to-Side B) card:

a.blank.gif Display the Side A AD-xC-xx.x card in card view.

b.blank.gif If the AD-xC-xx.x card is an AD-4C-xx.x card, a VOA (applied to all four channels) is installed along the drop path and needs to be activated according to Step g .

c.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tabs.

d.blank.gif Verify that the Power value of the CHAN TX port is higher than the default no-power value of –35 dBm.

e.blank.gif Display the Side B AD-xC-xx.x card in card view.

f.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tabs.

g.blank.gif Change the administrative state of the CHAN TX port related to the wavelength selected on the tunable laser or TXP_MR_10E_C card to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI). Click Apply.

h.blank.gif Verify that the power value for the CHAN TX port is higher than the default no-power value of –35 dBm.

i.blank.gif Perform the output power check.

Step 11blank.gif Connect a power meter to the proper 15xx.x TX port on the front panel (the dual port compared with the port where the tunable laser or TXP_MR_10E_C card is connected). Verify that the physical optical power value from that port is consistent with the value displayed on the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tab for the proper CHAN TX power value +/– 0.5 dB.

Step 12blank.gif Repeat Steps 5 through 11 for all add paths of any Side A AD-xC-xx.x or 4MD-xx.x cards along the Side B-to-Side A direction.

Step 13blank.gif Remove the loopback on the Side A OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E amplifier and create a loopback on the Side B OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E amplifier.

Step 14blank.gif Verify that the OSC link becomes active on the Side B OSCM card. (The OSC termination must be already provisioned. If not, complete the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.) If the OSC link becomes active, continue with Step 15. If the OSC link does not become active, perform the following steps:

a.blank.gif Modify the OSC Fail Low thresholds by clicking the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs and changing the Port 2 opwrMin (minimum power) to –40 dBm.

b.blank.gif If the OSC link turns up, continue with Step 15. If the OSC link remains down, disconnect the OSCM card from the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card.

c.blank.gif Create a loopback on the OSCM card by connecting patch cable from the OSC TX port to the OSC RX port using a 10-dB bulk attenuator.

d.blank.gif If the OSC link turns up, replace the OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card. If the OSC link does not turn up, replace the OSCM card. See the G30 Install the DWDM Cards.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Due to the OSC signal loopback, an EOC DCC Termination Failure might be raised on ANSI shelves.


Step 15blank.gif Based on the Cisco TransportPlanner site configuration file, tune the tunable laser or TXP_MR_10E_C card to a wavelength (belonging to the 100-GHz ITU-T grid) of the channel running on the first add path of the first add path of the first AD-xC-xx.x or 4MD-xx.x card on the Side A-to-Side B direction. Refer to the tunable laser manufacturer’s documentation or the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing.

Step 16blank.gif Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the correspondent 15xx.x RX port (on the card front panel) of the Side B AD-xC-xx.x or Side B 4MD-xx.x card.

Step 17blank.gif Repeat Steps 3 through 15, applying the steps to the Side A-to-Side B direction.

Step 18blank.gif Remove the loopback connection and restore the default administrative state (IS,AINS or Unlocked,automaticInService) on all the ports previously set to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI).

Step 19blank.gif Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup to recover the correct node configuration.

Step 20blank.gif Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

NTP-G49 Perform the Active OADM Node Acceptance Test on a Symmetric Node with OSC-CSM Cards

 

Purpose

This procedure checks the integrity of all the optical connections in an OADM node with OSC-CSM cards and OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards installed on both Side B and Side A of the shelf. Three connection types are tested:

  • Express
  • Pass-through
  • Add/Drop

Tools/Equipment

A tunable laser or a TXP_MR_10E_C card

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

Chapter 4, “Turn Up a Node”

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Optical power measurements require either a tunable laser or a multirate transponder to generate the proper optical wavelength. If multirate transponders were installed during completion of “Turn Up a Node,” they can be used for this procedure. No additional cabling changes are needed.



Step 1blank.gif Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the OADM node where you want to perform the acceptance test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2.

Step 2blank.gif From the View menu, choose Go to Network View.

Step 3blank.gif Click the Alarms tab.

a.blank.gif Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b.blank.gif Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If equipment failure alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

Step 4blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Verify that all statuses under Link Status are Success - Changed or Success - Unchanged. If not, complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup.

Step 5blank.gif Check the Cisco TransportPlanner site configuration file to verify the presence of added and dropped bands (including four channels at 100 GHz) configured in pass-through mode in either direction.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Configuring a band in pass-through mode means that the band is dropped in one direction by an AD-xB-xx.x card on one side (Side B or Side A) of the node, then added by another AD-xB-x.xx card on the opposite side in the same direction. The band is not terminated inside the node.


Step 6blank.gif If no bands are configured in pass-through mode, continue with Step 7. If a band is configured in pass-through mode, mark it and skip the related optical test for the express, add, and drop sections. Band pass-through connections are verified separately.

Step 7blank.gif Check the site configuration file from Cisco TransportPlanner to verify the presence of dropped or added channels configured in pass-through mode in either direction.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Configuring a channel in pass-through mode means that the channel is dropped in one direction by an AD-xC-xx.x card on one side (Side B or Side A) of the node, then added by another AD-xC-x.xx card on the opposite side in the same direction. The channel is not terminated inside the node.


Step 8blank.gif If no channels are configured in pass-through mode, continue with Step 9. If a channel is configured in pass-through mode, mark it and skip the related optical test for the express, add, and drop sections. Channel pass-through connections are verified separately.

Step 9blank.gif Create a loopback on the Side A OSC-CSM card by connecting the LINE TX port to the LINE RX port using a patchcord and a 10-dB bulk attenuator.

Step 10blank.gif Verify that the OSC link becomes active on the Side A OSC-CSM card. (The OSC termination must be already provisioned. If not, complete the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.)

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Due to the OSC signal loopback, an EOC Termination Failure alarm might be raised on ANSI shelves.


Step 11blank.gif If the OSC link becomes active, continue with Step 12. If the OSC link does not turn up, perform the following troubleshooting steps:

a.blank.gif Remove the 10-dB bulk attenuator between the LINE TX and LINE RX connection. If the OSC link becomes active, continue with Step 12. If not, continue with Step b .

b.blank.gif Modify the OSC Fail Low thresholds. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs and change the Port 6 opwrMin (minimum power) to –40 dBm.

c.blank.gif Modify the COM TX Fail Low Threshold. Change the Port 3 opwrMin (minimum power) to –30 dBm.

d.blank.gif If the OSC link turns up, continue with Step 12. If it does not turn up, replace the OSC-CSM card.

Step 12blank.gif If the node has express bands or channels, complete the G86 Verify Express Channel Connections on an OADM Node with OSC-CSM Cards. If the node does not have express bands or channels, continue with Step 13.

Step 13blank.gif If connections configured in pass-through mode are present (noted in Steps 6 and 8 ), complete the G89 Verify OADM Node Pass-Through Channel Connections. If not, continue with Step 14blank.gif.

Step 14blank.gif If connections have add/drop connections, complete the G94 Verify Add and Drop Connections on an OADM Node with OSC-CSM Cards.

Stop. You have completed this procedure.


 

DLP-G86 Verify Express Channel Connections on an OADM Node with OSC-CSM Cards

 

Purpose

This task verifies the express channel connections for an OADM node with OSC-CSM cards during a node acceptance test.

Tools/Equipment

A tunable laser or a TXP_MR_10E_C card

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1blank.gif If you are using a tunable laser, set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm. If not, continue with Step 2.

Step 2blank.gif Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the LINE RX port of the Side B OSC-CSM card.

Step 3blank.gif If an OPT-PRE amplifier card is installed on Side B, install a 10-dB bulk attenuator on the COM RX port.

Step 4blank.gif Based on the Cisco TransportPlanner site configuration file, tune the tunable laser or TXP_MR_10E_C card to a wavelength (on the 100-GHz ITU-T grid) that runs on the express path of all AD-xB-xx.x and AD-xC-xx.x cards on the Side B-to-Side A and Side A-to-Side B directions. Refer to the tunable laser manufacturer’s documentation or the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing.

Step 5blank.gif Complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power for the OPT-PRE amplifier card installed on Side A.

Step 6blank.gif If AD-xB-xx.x cards are installed on Side B, complete the G87 Verify the AD-xB-xx.x Output Express Power for each Side B card. If not, continue with Step 7.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif If AD-xB-xx.x and AD-xC-xx.x cards are both installed in one direction, the received express channels will go into the AD-xB-xx.x cards first, then into the AD-xC-xx.x cards.


Step 7blank.gif If AD-xC-xx.x cards are installed on Side B, complete the G88 Verify the AD-xC-xx.x Output Express Power for each Side B card. If not, continue with Step 8.

Step 8blank.gif If AD-xC-xx.x cards are installed on Side A, complete the G271 Verify the AD-xC-xx.x Output Common Power for each Side A card. If not, continue with Step 9.

Step 9blank.gif If AD-xB-xx.x cards are installed on Side A, complete the G272 Verify the AD-xB-xx.x Output Common Power for each Side A card. If not, continue with Step 10.

Step 10blank.gif Complete the G83 Verify the OSC-CSM Power on OADM Nodes for the OSC-CSM card installed on Side A.

Step 11blank.gif Complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power for the OPT-PRE card installed on Side B.

Step 12blank.gif Repeat Steps 6 through 11 for the AD-xB-xx.x and AD-xC-xx.x cards along the Side A-to-Side B direction.

Step 13blank.gif Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-G83 Verify the OSC-CSM Power on OADM Nodes

 

Purpose

This task verifies the OSC-CSM card power on OADM nodes.

Tools/Equipment

None

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite or remote

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1blank.gif Display the OSC-CSM card in card view.

Step 2blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

Step 3blank.gif Verify that the Power value for Port 3 is higher than the default no-power value of –30 dBm. The calculated expected power value for Port 3 is:

Pout COM TX of last AD-xy-xx.x – IL02 OSC-CSM (COM RX > LINE TX) – 10 dB (bulk attenuator)

Step 4blank.gif Double-check the value.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Actual output power is affected by many factors. Always consider the calculated expected power to be a general guideline and not a precise value.


Step 5blank.gif Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-G94 Verify Add and Drop Connections on an OADM Node with OSC-CSM Cards

 

Purpose

This task verifies the add and drop channel connections for an OADM node with OSC-CSM cards installed.

Tools/Equipment

A tunable laser or a TXP_MR_10E_C card

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1blank.gif Based on the Cisco TransportPlanner site configuration file, tune the tunable laser or TXP_MR_10E_C card to a wavelength (belonging to the 100-GHz ITU-T grid) of the channel running on the first add path of the first Side A AD-xC-xx.x or Side A 4MD-xx.x card on the Side B-to-Side A direction. Refer to the tunable laser manufacturer’s documentation or the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing.

Step 2blank.gif Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_10E_C card DWDM TX port to the corresponding 15xx.x RX port (on the card front panel) of the Side A AD-xC-xx.x or 4MD-xx.x card.

Step 3blank.gif Verify the Side A AD-xC-xx.x or 4MD-xx.x card (Side B-to-Side A):

a.blank.gif Display the Side A AD-xC-xx.x or 4MD-xx.x card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Change the administrative state of the CHAN RX port to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) for the channel related to the wavelength selected on the tunable laser.

d.blank.gif Verify that the Power value of the CHAN RX port reaches the provisioned set point (VOA Power Ref).

Step 4blank.gif Complete the G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power on the Side A OPT-PRE amplifier to verify that the added wavelength turns on the laser.

Step 5blank.gif If the add connection uses a 4MD-xx.x card, continue with Step 6. If the add connection uses an AD-xC-xx.x card, move to Step 10.

Step 6blank.gif Verify the Side A AD-xB-xx.x card:

a.blank.gif Display the Side A AD-xB-xx.x card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Band > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Change the administrative state of the BAND TX port to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) for the channel related to the wavelength selected on the tunable laser.

d.blank.gif Verify that the Power value of the BAND TX port is higher than the default no-power value of –30 dBm.

Step 7blank.gif Display the related AD-xB-xx.x card (Side A-to-Side B direction) in card view.

Step 8blank.gif Change the administrative state of the drop BAND TX port related to the wavelength selected on the tunable laser to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI).

Step 9blank.gif (Optional) Connect a power meter to the proper 15xx.xx TX port on the front panel (the dual port compared with the port where the tunable laser is connected). Verify that the physical optical power value from that port is consistent with the value displayed on the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tab for the proper CHAN TX power value, +/– 0.5 dB.

Step 10blank.gif Verify the Side A AD-xC-xx.x (Side A-to-Side B) card:

a.blank.gif Display the Side A AD-xC-xx.x card in card view.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tabs.

c.blank.gif Verify that the Power value of the CHAN TX port is higher than the default no-power value of –35 dBm.

d.blank.gif Display the Side B AD-xC-xx.x card in card view.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tabs.

f.blank.gif Verify that the power value for the CHAN TX port is higher than the default no-power value of –35 dBm.

g.blank.gif If the AD-xC-xx.x card is an AD-4C-xx.x card, a VOA (applied to all four channels) is installed along the drop path and needs to be activated in Step h .

h.blank.gif Change the administrative state of the CHAN TX port related to the wavelength selected on the tunable laser to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI). Click Apply.

i.blank.gif Perform the output power check.

Step 11blank.gif (Optional) Connect a power meter to the proper 15xx.xx TX port on the front panel (the dual port compared with the port where the tunable laser is connected). Verify that the physical optical power value from that port is consistent with the value on Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tab for the proper CHAN TX power value, +/– 0.5 dB.

Step 12blank.gif Repeat Steps 10 through 11 for all add paths of any Side A AD-xC-xx.x cards along the Side B-to-Side A direction.

Step 13blank.gif Remove the loopback on the Side A OSC-CSM card.

Step 14blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs.

Step 15blank.gif Click Launch ANS.

Step 16blank.gif Create a loopback on the Side B OSC-CSM card by connecting the OSC-CSM LINE RX and LINE TX ports using a patchcord and 10-dB bulk attenuator.

Step 17blank.gif Verify that the OSC link becomes active on the Side A OSC-CSM card. (The OSC termination must be already provisioned. If not, complete the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.)

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Due to the OSC signal loopback, an EOC Termination Failure alarm might be raised on ANSI shelves.


Step 18blank.gif If the OSC link becomes active, continue with Step 19. If the OSC link does not turn up, perform the following troubleshooting steps:

a.blank.gif Remove the 10-dB bulk attenuator between the LINE TX and LINE RX connection. If the OSC link becomes active, continue with Step 19. If not, continue with Step b .

b.blank.gif Modify the OSC Fail Low thresholds. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs and change the Port 6 opwrMin (minimum power) to –40 dBm.

c.blank.gif Modify the COM TX Fail Low Threshold. Change the Port 3 opwrMin (minimum power) to –30 dBm.

d.blank.gif If the OSC link turns up, continue with Step 19. If it does not turn up, replace the OSC-CSM card.

Step 19blank.gif Check the site configuration file from Cisco TransportPlanner and identify the wavelength (belonging to the 100 Ghz ITU-T grid) of the channel running on the first add path of the first AD-xC-xx.x or 4MD-xx.x card on the Side A-to-Side B direction.

Step 20blank.gif Connect the tunable laser to the corresponding 15xx.x RX port (on the card front panel) of the Side B AD-xC-xx.x or Side B 4MD-xx.x card.

Step 21blank.gif Repeat Steps 3 through 20 , applying the steps to the Side B-to-Side A direction.

Step 22blank.gif Restore the default administrative state (IS,AINS/Unlocked,automaticInService) on all the ports previously set to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI).

Step 23blank.gif Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup to recover the correct node configuration.

Step 24blank.gif Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

NTP-G50 Perform the Passive OADM Node Acceptance Test on a Symmetric Node with OSC-CSM Cards

 

Purpose

This procedure checks the integrity of all the optical connections inside an OADM node with OSC-CSM cards and no OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E cards installed on Side B and Side A of the shelf. Three connection types are tested:

  • Express
  • Pass-through
  • Add/Drop

Tools/Equipment

A tunable laser or a TXP_MR_10E_C card

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

Chapter 4, “Turn Up a Node”

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Optical power measurements require either a tunable laser or a multirate transponder to generate the proper optical wavelength. If multirate transponders were installed during completion of “Turn Up a Node,” they can be used for this procedure. No additional cabling changes are needed.



Step 1blank.gif Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the OADM node where you want to perform the acceptance test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2.

Step 2blank.gif From the View menu, choose Go to Network View.

Step 3blank.gif Click the Alarms tab.

a.blank.gif Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b.blank.gif Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If equipment failure alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

Step 4blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Verify that all statuses under Link Status are Success - Changed or Success - Unchanged. If not, complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup.

Step 5blank.gif Check the Cisco TransportPlanner site configuration file to verify the presence of a dropped or added bands (including four channels at 100 GHz) configured in pass-through mode in either direction.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Configuring a band in pass-through mode means that the band is dropped in one direction by an AD-xB-xx.x card on one side (Side B or Side A) of the node, then added by another AD-xB x.xx card on the opposite side in the same direction. The band is not terminated inside the node.


Step 6blank.gif If no bands are configured in pass-through mode, continue with Step 7. If a band is configured in pass-through mode, mark it and skip the related optical test for the express, add, and drop sections. Band pass-through connections are verified separately.

Step 7blank.gif Check the site configuration file from Cisco TransportPlanner to verify the presence of dropped or added channels configured in pass-through mode in either direction.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Configuring a channel in pass-through mode means that the channel is dropped in one direction by an AD-xC-xx.x card on one side (Side B or Side A) of the node, then added by another AD-xC-x.xx card on the opposite side in the same direction. The channel is not terminated inside the node.


Step 8blank.gif If no channels are configured in pass-through mode, continue with Step 9. If a channel is configured in pass-through mode, mark it and skip the related optical test for the express, add, and drop sections. Channel pass-through connections are verified separately.

Step 9blank.gif Create a loopback on the Side A OSC-CSM card by connecting the LINE TX port to the LINE RX port using a patchcord and 10-dB bulk attenuator.

Step 10blank.gif Verify that the OSC link becomes active on the Side A OSC-CSM card. (The OSC termination must be already provisioned. If not, complete the G38 Provision OSC Terminations.)

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Due to the OSC signal loopback, an EOC Termination Failure alarm might be raised on ANSI shelves.


Step 11blank.gif If the OSC link becomes active, continue with Step 12. If the OSC link does not turn up, perform the following troubleshooting steps:

a.blank.gif Remove the 10-dB bulk attenuator between the LINE TX and LINE RX connection. If the OSC link becomes active, continue with Step 12. If not, continue with Step b .

b.blank.gif Modify the OSC Fail Low thresholds. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs and change the Port 6 opwrMin (minimum power) to –40 dBm.

c.blank.gif Modify the COM TX Fail Low Threshold. Change the Port 3 opwrMin (minimum power) to –30 dBm.

d.blank.gif If the OSC link turns up, continue with Step 12. If it does not turn up, replace the OSC-CSM card.

Step 12blank.gif If the node has express bands or channels, complete the G86 Verify Express Channel Connections on an OADM Node with OSC-CSM Cards. If the node does not have express bands or channels, continue with Step 13.

Step 13blank.gif If connections configured in pass-through mode are present (noted in Steps 5 through 8 ), complete the G89 Verify OADM Node Pass-Through Channel Connections. If not, continue with Step 14blank.gif.

Step 14blank.gif If connections have add/drop connections, complete the G94 Verify Add and Drop Connections on an OADM Node with OSC-CSM Cards.

Stop. You have completed this procedure.


 

NTP-G186 Perform the Four-Degree and Eight-Degree Mesh Patch Panel Acceptance Test

 

Purpose

This procedure checks the insertion loss for a four-degree or eight-degree patch panel.

Tools/Equipment

1 fully-tunable transponder or tunable laser source with an LC patchcord

1 optical power meter with LC input connector

1 MPO-LC multicable (LC if the optical power meter has LC input)

Prerequisite Procedures

  • The mesh patch panel must be installed. See the “DLP-G28 Install the Fiber Patch-Panel Tray” in the Cisco ONS 15454 Hardware Installation Guide.

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Optical power measurements require either a tunable laser or a multirate transponder to generate the proper optical wavelength. If multirate transponders were installed during completion of “Turn Up a Node,” they can be used for this procedure. No additional cabling changes are needed.



Step 1blank.gif Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the node where you want to perform the acceptance test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2.

Step 2blank.gif From the View menu, choose Go to Network View.

Step 3blank.gif Click the Alarms tab.

a.blank.gif Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b.blank.gif Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If equipment failure alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

Step 4blank.gif If you are installing a TXP_MR_10E_C card, complete the G268 Provision TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing. Refer to Table 5-1, if needed.

Step 5blank.gif Complete the G432 Set the Transponder Wavelength to tune the transponder to a wavelength not used in any of the sides already carrying traffic (1530.33 nm, for example).

Step 6blank.gif Complete the G433 Record Transponder Optical Power.

Step 7blank.gif In card view for the transponder card, click the Provisioning > Line tabs and choose OOS,DSBLD (ANSI) or Locked,disabled (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list. Click Apply.

Step 8blank.gif Connect the transponder to the COM-RX A port of the four-degree or eight-degree patch panel.

Step 9blank.gif In card view for the transponder card, click the Provisioning > Line tabs and choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list. Click Apply.

Step 10blank.gif Verify the COM-RX port power results for Side A ( Table 5-4 ).

 

Table 5-4 From COM-RX Side A Verification

Connect MPO Connector to Patch Panel Port
Refer to...

EXP A TX

Table 5-12

EXP B TX

Table 5-14

EXP C TX

Table 5-15

EXP D TX

Table 5-16

EXP E TX (eight-degree patch panel only)

Table 5-17

EXP F TX (eight-degree patch panel only)

Table 5-18

EXP G TX (eight-degree patch panel only)

Table 5-19

EXP H TX (eight-degree patch panel only)

Table 5-20

TEST ACCESS TX

Table 5-13

Step 11blank.gif In card view for the transponder card, click the Provisioning > Line tabs and choose OOS,DSBLD (ANSI) or Locked,disabled (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list. Click Apply.

Step 12blank.gif Connect the transponder to the COM-RX B port of the four-degree or eight-degree patch panel.

Step 13blank.gif In card view for the transponder card, click the Provisioning > Line tabs and choose IS (ANSI) or Unlocked (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list. Click Apply.

Step 14blank.gif Verify the COM-RX port power results for Side B ( Table 5-5 ).

 

Table 5-5 From COM-RX Side B Verification

Connect MPO Connector to Patch Panel Port
Refer to...

EXP A TX

Table 5-13

EXP B TX

Table 5-12

EXP C TX

Table 5-15

EXP D TX

Table 5-16

EXP E TX (eight-degree patch panel only)

Table 5-17

EXP F TX (eight-degree patch panel only)

Table 5-18

EXP G TX (eight-degree patch panel only)

Table 5-19

EXP H TX (eight-degree patch panel only)

Table 5-20

TEST ACCESS TX

Table 5-14

Step 15blank.gif In card view for the transponder card, click the Provisioning > Line tabs and choose OOS,DSBLD (ANSI) or Locked,disabled (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list. Click Apply.

Step 16blank.gif Connect the transponder to the COM-RX C port of the four-degree or eight-degree patch panel.

Step 17blank.gif In card view for the transponder card, click the Provisioning > Line tabs and choose IS (ANSI) or Unlocked (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list. Click Apply.

Step 18blank.gif Verify the COM-RX port power results for Side C ( Table 5-6 ).

 

Table 5-6 From COM-RX Side C Verification

Connect MPO Connector to Patch Panel Port
Refer to...

EXP A TX

Table 5-13

EXP B TX

Table 5-14

EXP C TX

Table 5-12

EXP D TX

Table 5-16

EXP E TX (eight-degree patch panel only)

Table 5-17

EXP F TX (eight-degree patch panel only)

Table 5-18

EXP G TX (eight-degree patch panel only)

Table 5-19

EXP H TX (eight-degree patch panel only)

Table 5-20

TAP TX

Table 5-15

Step 19blank.gif In card view for the transponder card, click the Provisioning > Line tabs and choose OOS,DSBLD (ANSI) or Locked,disabled (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list. Click Apply.

Step 20blank.gif Connect the transponder to the COM-RX D port of the four-degree or eight-degree patch panel.

Step 21blank.gif In card view for the transponder card, click the Provisioning > Line tabs and choose IS (ANSI) or Unlocked (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list. Click Apply.

Step 22blank.gif Verify the COM-RX port power results for Side D ( Table 5-7 ).

 

Table 5-7 From COM-RX Side D Verification

Connect MPO Connector to Patch Panel Port
Refer to...

EXP A TX

Table 5-13

EXP B TX

Table 5-14

EXP C TX

Table 5-15

EXP D TX

Table 5-12

EXP E TX (eight-degree patch panel only)

Table 5-17

EXP F TX (eight-degree patch panel only)

Table 5-18

EXP G TX (eight-degree patch panel only)

Table 5-19

EXP H TX (eight-degree patch panel only)

Table 5-20

TEST ACCESS TX

Table 5-16

Step 23blank.gif In card view for the transponder card, click the Provisioning > Line tabs and choose OOS,DSBLD (ANSI) or Locked,disabled (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list. Click Apply.

Step 24blank.gif If you are testing a four-degree patch panel, continue with Step 77. If you are testing an eight-degree patch panel, continue with Step 25.

Step 25blank.gif Connect the transponder to the COM-RX E port of the eight-degree patch panel.

Step 26blank.gif In card view for the transponder card, click the Provisioning > Line tabs and choose IS (ANSI) or Unlocked (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list. Click Apply.

Step 27blank.gif Verify the COM-RX port power results for Side E ( Table 5-8 ).

 

Table 5-8 From COM-RX Side E Verification

Connect MPO Connector to Patch Panel Port
Refer to...

EXP A TX

Table 5-13

EXP B TX

Table 5-14

EXP C TX

Table 5-15

EXP D TX

Table 5-16

EXP E TX (eight-degree patch panel only)

Table 5-12

EXP F TX (eight-degree patch panel only)

Table 5-18

EXP G TX (eight-degree patch panel only)

Table 5-19

EXP H TX (eight-degree patch panel only)

Table 5-20

TEST ACCESS TX

Table 5-17

Step 28blank.gif In card view for the transponder card, click the Provisioning > Line tabs and choose OOS,DSBLD (ANSI) or Locked,disabled (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list. Click Apply.

Step 29blank.gif Connect the transponder to the COM-RX F port of the eight-degree patch panel.

Step 30blank.gif In card view for the transponder card, click the Provisioning > Line tabs and choose IS (ANSI) or Unlocked (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list. Click Apply.

Step 31blank.gif Verify the COM-RX port power results for Side F ( Table 5-9 ).

 

Table 5-9 From COM-RX Side F Verification Table

Connect MPO Connector to Patch Panel Port
Refer to...

EXP A TX

Table 5-13

EXP B TX

Table 5-14

EXP C TX

Table 5-15

EXP D TX

Table 5-16

EXP E TX (eight-degree patch panel only)

Table 5-17

EXP F TX (eight-degree patch panel only)

Table 5-12

EXP G TX (eight-degree patch panel only)

Table 5-19

EXP H TX (eight-degree patch panel only)

Table 5-20

TEST ACCESS TX

Table 5-18

Step 32blank.gif In card view for the transponder card, click the Provisioning > Line tabs and choose OOS,DSBLD (ANSI) or Locked,disabled (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list. Click Apply.

Step 33blank.gif Connect the transponder to the COM-RX G port of the eight-degree patch panel.

Step 34blank.gif In card view for the transponder card, click the Provisioning > Line tabs and choose IS (ANSI) or Unlocked (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list. Click Apply.

Step 35blank.gif Verify the COM-RX port power results for Side G ( Table 5-10 ).

 

Table 5-10 From COM-RX Side G Verification

Connect MPO Connector to Patch Panel Port
Refer to...

EXP A TX

Table 5-13

EXP B TX

Table 5-14

EXP C TX

Table 5-15

EXP D TX

Table 5-16

EXP E TX (eight-degree patch panel only)

Table 5-17

EXP F TX (eight-degree patch panel only)

Table 5-18

EXP G TX (eight-degree patch panel only)

Table 5-12

EXP H TX (eight-degree patch panel only)

Table 5-20

TEST ACCESS TX

Table 5-19

Step 36blank.gif In card view for the transponder card, click the Provisioning > Line tabs and choose OOS,DSBLD (ANSI) or Locked,disabled (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list. Click Apply.

Step 37blank.gif Connect the transponder to the COM-RX H port of the eight-degree patch panel.

Step 38blank.gif In card view for the transponder card, click the Provisioning > Line tabs and choose IS (ANSI) or Unlocked (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list. Click Apply.

Step 39blank.gif Verify the COM-RX port power results for Side H ( Table 5-11 ).

 

Table 5-11 From COM-RX Side H Verification

Connect MPO Connector to Patch Panel Port
Refer to...

EXP A TX

Table 5-13

EXP B TX

Table 5-14

EXP C TX

Table 5-15

EXP D TX

Table 5-16

EXP E TX (eight-degree patch panel only)

Table 5-17

EXP F TX (eight-degree patch panel only)

Table 5-18

EXP G TX (eight-degree patch panel only)

Table 5-19

EXP H TX (eight-degree patch panel only)

Table 5-12

TEST ACCESS TX

Table 5-20

Step 40blank.gif In card view for the transponder card, click the Provisioning > Line tabs and choose OOS,DSBLD (ANSI) or Locked,disabled (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list. Click Apply.

Step 41blank.gif Connect the transponder to the test access RX port of the four- or eight-degree patch panel.

note.gif

Noteblank.gif There are two local access RX ports on the 8-degree patch panel. Select the left Local Access port for testing.


Step 42blank.gif In card view for the transponder card, click the Provisioning > Line tabs and choose IS (ANSI) or Unlocked (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list. Click Apply.

Step 43blank.gif Connect the MPO connector of the MPO-LC (FC or SC) multifiber fan-out to EXP A TX port of the four- or eight-degree patch-panel.

Step 44blank.gif Connect the optical power meter to the fan-out cable 1.

Step 45blank.gif Collect the actual reading from the optical power meter.

Step 46blank.gif Verify the IL is less than 11dB for an 8-degree patch panel or less than 8dB for a 4-degree patch panel.

Step 47blank.gif Connect the MPO connector of the MPO-LC (FC or SC) multifiber fan-out to EXP B TX port of the four- or eight-degree patch panel.

Step 48blank.gif Connect the optical power meter to the fan-out cable 2.

Step 49blank.gif Collect the actual reading from the optical power meter.

Step 50blank.gif Verify the IL is less than 11dB for an 8-degree patch panel or less than 8dB for a 4-degree patch panel.

Step 51blank.gif Connect the MPO connector of the MPO-LC (FC or SC) multifiber fan-out to EXP C TX port of the four- or eight-degree patch panel.

Step 52blank.gif Connect the optical power meter to the fan-out cable 3.

Step 53blank.gif Collect the actual reading from the optical power meter.

Step 54blank.gif Verify the IL is less than 11dB for an 8-degree patch panel or less than 8dB for a 4-degree patch panel.

Step 55blank.gif Connect the MPO connector of the MPO-LC (FC or SC) multifiber fan-out to EXP D TX port of the four- or eight-degree patch panel.

Step 56blank.gif Connect the optical power meter to the fan-out cable 4.

Step 57blank.gif Collect the actual reading from the optical power meter.

Step 58blank.gif Verify the IL is less than 11dB for an 8-degree patch panel or less than 8dB for a 4-degree patch panel.

Step 59blank.gif Connect the MPO connector of the MPO-LC (FC or SC) multifiber fan-out to EXP E TX port of the four- or eight-degree patch panel.

Step 60blank.gif Connect the optical power meter to the fan-out cable 5.

Step 61blank.gif Collect the actual reading from the optical power meter.

Step 62blank.gif Verify the IL is less than 11dB for an 8-degree patch panel.

Step 63blank.gif Connect the MPO connector of the MPO-LC (FC or SC) multifiber fan-out to EXP F TX port of the four- or eight-degree patch panel.

Step 64blank.gif Connect the optical power meter to the fan-out cable 6.

Step 65blank.gif Collect the actual reading from the optical power meter.

Step 66blank.gif Verify the IL is less than 11dB for an 8-degree patch panel.

Step 67blank.gif Connect the MPO connector of the MPO-LC (FC or SC) multifiber fan-out to EXP G TX port of the four- or eight-degree patch panel.

Step 68blank.gif Connect the optical power meter to the fan-out cable 7.

Step 69blank.gif Collect the actual reading from the optical power meter.

Step 70blank.gif Verify the IL is less than 11dB for an 8-degree patch panel.

Step 71blank.gif Connect the MPO connector of the MPO-LC (FC or SC) multifiber fan-out to EXP H TX port of the four- or eight-degree patch panel.

Step 72blank.gif Connect the optical power meter to the fan-out cable 8.

Step 73blank.gif Collect the actual reading from the optical power meter.

Step 74blank.gif Verify the IL is less than 11dB for an 8-degree patch panel.

Step 75blank.gif In card view for the transponder card, click the Provisioning > Line tabs and choose OOS,DSBLD (ANSI) or Locked,disabled (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list. Click Apply.

Step 76blank.gif Repeat Steps 41 through 75 for the right side Local Access RX port.

Step 77blank.gif Complete the G188 Perform the Native Mesh Node Acceptance Test.

The tables below are used for verification in Steps 10 through 39 of this procedure.

 

Table 5-12 Same Side Verification

Optical Power Meter Connected to Fan Out
Power Result for Eight-Degree Patch Panel
Power Result for Four-Degree Patch Panel

Cable 1

No power

No power

Cable 2

No power

No power

Cable 3

No power

No power

Cable 4

No power

No power

Cable 5 (eight-degree patch panel only)

No power

Cable 6 (eight-degree patch panel only)

No power

Cable 7 (eight-degree patch panel only)

No power

Cable 8 (eight-degree patch panel only)

No power

 

Table 5-13 Side A Power Verification

Optical Power Meter Connected to Fan Out
Power Result for Eight-Degree Patch Panel
Power Result for Four-Degree Patch Panel

Cable 1

IL < 11 dB

IL < 8 dB

Cable 2

No power

No power

Cable 3

No power

No power

Cable 4

No power

No power

Cable 5 (eight-degree patch panel only)

No power

Cable 6 (eight-degree patch panel only)

No power

Cable 7 (eight-degree patch panel only)

No power

Cable 8 (eight-degree patch panel only)

No power

 

Table 5-14 Side B Power Verification

Optical Power Meter Connected to Fan Out
Power Result for Eight-Degree Patch Panel
Power Result for Four-Degree Patch Panel

Cable 1

No power

No power

Cable 2

IL < 11 dB

IL < 8 dB

Cable 3

No power

No power

Cable 4

No power

No power

Cable 5 (eight-degree patch panel only)

No power

Cable 6 (eight-degree patch panel only)

No power

Cable 7 (eight-degree patch panel only)

No power

Cable 8 (eight-degree patch panel only)

No power

 

Table 5-15 Side C Power Verification

Optical Power Meter Connected to Fan Out
Power Result for Eight-Degree Patch Panel
Power Result for Four-Degree Patch Panel

Cable 1

No power

No power

Cable 2

No power

No power

Cable 3

IL < 11 dB

IL < 8 dB

Cable 4

No power

No power

Cable 5 (eight-degree patch panel only)

No power

Cable 6 (eight-degree patch panel only)

No power

Cable 7 (eight-degree patch panel only)

No power

Cable 8 (eight-degree patch panel only)

No power

 

Table 5-16 Side D Power Verification

Optical Power Meter Connected to Fan Out
Power Result for Eight-Degree Patch Panel
Power Result for Four-Degree Patch Panel

Cable 1

No power

No power

Cable 2

No power

No power

Cable 3

No power

No power

Cable 4

IL < 11 dB

IL < 8 dB

Cable 5 (eight-degree patch panel only)

No power

Cable 6 (eight-degree patch panel only)

No power

Cable 7 (eight-degree patch panel only)

No power

Cable 8 (eight-degree patch panel only)

No power

 

Table 5-17 Side E Power Verification

Optical Power Meter Connected to Fan Out
Power Result for Eight-Degree Patch Panel
Power Result for Four-Degree Patch Panel

Cable 1

No power

No power

Cable 2

No power

No power

Cable 3

No power

No power

Cable 4

No power

No power

Cable 5 (eight-degree patch panel only)

IL < 11 dB

Cable 6 (eight-degree patch panel only)

No power

Cable 7 (eight-degree patch panel only)

No power

Cable 8 (eight-degree patch panel only)

No power

 

Table 5-18 Side F Power Verification

Optical Power Meter Connected to Fan Out
Power Result for Eight-Degree Patch Panel
Power Result for Four-Degree Patch Panel

Cable 1

No power

No power

Cable 2

No power

No power

Cable 3

No power

No power

Cable 4

No power

No power

Cable 5 (eight-degree patch panel only)

No power

Cable 6 (eight-degree patch panel only)

IL < 11 dB

Cable 7 (eight-degree patch panel only)

No power

Cable 8 (eight-degree patch panel only)

No power

 

Table 5-19 Side G Power Verification

Optical Power Meter Connected to Fan Out
Power Result for Eight-Degree Patch Panel
Power Result for Four-Degree Patch Panel

Cable 1

No power

No power

Cable 2

No power

No power

Cable 3

No power

No power

Cable 4

No power

No power

Cable 5 (eight-degree patch panel only)

No power

Cable 6 (eight-degree patch panel only)

No power

Cable 7 (eight-degree patch panel only)

IL < 11 dB

Cable 8 (eight-degree patch panel only)

No power

 

Table 5-20 Side H Power Verification

Optical Power Meter Connected to Fan Out
Power Result for Eight-Degree Patch Panel
Power Result for Four-Degree Patch Panel

Cable 1

No power

No power

Cable 2

No power

No power

Cable 3

No power

No power

Cable 4

No power

No power

Cable 5 (eight-degree patch panel only)

No power

Cable 6 (eight-degree patch panel only)

No power

Cable 7 (eight-degree patch panel only)

No power

Cable 8 (eight-degree patch panel only)

IL < 11 dB

Stop. You have completed this procedure.


 

DLP-G432 Set the Transponder Wavelength

 

Purpose

This task tunes transponder wavelength.

Tools/Equipment

Fully C-band tunable transponder or tunable laser source with an LC patchcord

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1blank.gif In card view, display the transponder card.

Step 2blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Line > Wavelength Trunk Settings tabs.

Step 3blank.gif In the Wavelength field, choose the desired wavelength (C-Band, odd) from the drop-down list.

Step 4blank.gif Click Apply.

Step 5blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Pluggable Port Module > Pluggable Port Module tabs and click Create to preprovision a pluggable port module (PPM), if necessary.

Step 6blank.gif Click Ok, then Apply.

Step 7blank.gif Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-G433 Record Transponder Optical Power

 

Purpose

This task checks and records optical power.

Tools/Equipment

Fully C-band tunable transponder or tunable laser source with an LC patchcord

Optical power meter

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

ANS successfully completed

All sides completely wired (including patch panels)

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1blank.gif Connect the optical power meter to the transponder output.

Step 2blank.gif Display card view for the transponder card.

Step 3blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Line tabs, and choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list.

Step 4blank.gif Record the optical power meter value.

Step 5blank.gif Choose OOS,DSBLD (ANSI) or Locked,disabled (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list.

Step 6blank.gif Disconnect the optical power meter from the TX port of the transponder card.

Step 7blank.gif Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

NTP-G187 Perform the Multiring Site Acceptance Test

 

Purpose

This procedure checks the connections and the output power values for a multiring node. A multiring node connects two existing in-service two-sides ROADM nodes with two sides (each equipped with MMU cards).

Tools/Equipment

Fully C-band tunable transponder or tunable laser source

1 15-dB LC attenuator

1 optical power meter with LC input connector

1 MPO-LC multicable (LC if the optical power meter has LC input)

3 LC-LC adapters

Prerequisite Procedures

Chapter 4, “Turn Up a Node”

All sides must be completely wired (including patch panels), except the connections with the MMU cards in the existing in-service ROADM node; for more information, see Chapter 4, “Turn Up a Node”

G186 Perform the Four-Degree and Eight-Degree Mesh Patch Panel Acceptance Test (as needed)

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only

note.gif

Noteblank.gif Optical power measurements require either a tunable laser or a multirate transponder to generate the proper optical wavelength. If multirate transponders were installed during completion of “Turn Up a Node,” they can be used for this procedure. No additional cabling changes are needed.



Step 1blank.gif Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the multiring node where you want to perform the acceptance test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2.

Step 2blank.gif From the View menu, choose Go to Network View.

Step 3blank.gif Click the Alarms tab.

a.blank.gif Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b.blank.gif Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If equipment failure alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

Step 4blank.gif Insert a full C-band tunable transponder card into an available slot.

Step 5blank.gif Plug a 15 dB LC attenuator to the TX port of the transponder card.

Step 6blank.gif Complete the G432 Set the Transponder Wavelength to tune the transponder to a wavelength yyyy.yy (1530.33 nm, for example).

Step 7blank.gif Complete the G433 Record Transponder Optical Power.

Step 8blank.gif Disconnect the optical power meter from the TX port of the transponder card.

Step 9blank.gif Make the following connections:

a.blank.gif Connect the transponder card output port (with the 15 dB attenuator) to the COM-RX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side A.

b.blank.gif Connect the optical power meter to the COM-TX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side A.

c.blank.gif Connect, using an LC-LC adapter, the patchcord from the COM-TX port to the patchcord in the COM-RX port of the Side B 40-WXC-C card.

d.blank.gif Connect, using an LC-LC adapter, the patchcord from the COM-TX port to the patchcord in the COM-RX port of the Side C 40-WXC-C card.

e.blank.gif Connect, using an LC-LC adapter, the patchcord from the COM-TX port to the patchcord in the COM-RX port of the Side D 40-WXC-C card.

Step 10blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs. Complete the following:

a.blank.gif Record the values of the following parameters:

blank.gif Power on the COM-TX port of the preamplifier on Side A

blank.gif Power on the COM-RX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side A

blank.gif Power on the COM-TX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side A

blank.gif Power Fail Low Th on the COM-RX port of the preamplifier on Side A

blank.gif Power on the COM-TX port of the preamplifier on Side B

blank.gif Power on the COM-RX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side B

blank.gif Power on the COM-TX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side B

blank.gif Power Fail Low Th on the COM-RX port of the preamplifier on Side B

blank.gif Power on the COM-TX port of the preamplifier on Side C

blank.gif Power on the COM-RX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side C

blank.gif Power on the COM-TX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side C

blank.gif Power Fail Low Th on the COM-RX port of the preamplifier on Side C

blank.gif Power on the COM-TX port of the preamplifier on Side D

blank.gif Power on the COM-RX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side D

blank.gif Power on the COM-TX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side D

blank.gif Power Fail Low Th on the COM-RX port of the preamplifier on Side D

b.blank.gif Change the values of the parameters as follows:

blank.gif Power on the COM-TX port of the preamplifier on Side A = 1 dBm

blank.gif Power on the COM-RX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side A = –15 dBm

blank.gif Power on the COM-TX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side A = –15 dBm

blank.gif Power Fail Low Th on the COM-RX port of the preamplifier on Side A = –30 dBm

blank.gif Power on the COM-TX port of the preamplifier on Side B = 1 dBm

blank.gif Power on the COM-RX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side B = –15 dBm

blank.gif Power on the COM-TX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side B = –15 dBm

blank.gif Power Fail Low Th on the COM-RX port of the preamplifier on Side B = –30 dBm

blank.gif Power on the COM-TX port of the preamplifier on Side C = 1 dBm

blank.gif Power on the COM-RX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side C = –15 dBm

blank.gif Power on the COM-TX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side C = –15 dBm

blank.gif Power Fail Low Th on the COM-RX port of the preamplifier on Side C = –30 dBm

blank.gif Power on the COM-TX port of the preamplifier on Side D = 1 dBm

blank.gif Power on the COM-RX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side D = –15 dBm

blank.gif Power on the COM-TX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side D = –15 dBm

blank.gif Power Fail Low Th on the COM-RX port of the preamplifier on Side D = –30 dBm

Step 11blank.gif In card view, display the transponder card and click the Provisioning > Line tabs. Choose IS (ANSI) or Unlocked (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list.

Step 12blank.gif In card view, display the 40-WXC-C card for Side A and complete the following:

a.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Record the Power value of the COM-RX port.

b.blank.gif Verify that the COM-RX value matches the transponder card optical power meter value recorded in the G433 Record Transponder Optical Power (+\–1dB).

c.blank.gif Click the Inventory > Info tabs and record the CRX -> EXP insertion loss.

d.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the EXP-TX port.

e.blank.gif Verify that the EXP-TX port power value = (COM-RX port power value in Step a ) – (CRX -> EXP insertion loss value in Step d ) (+\– 1dB).

Step 13blank.gif In card view, display the OPT-AMP-17 card for Side A and complete the 434 Record the OPT-AMP-17-C Power Value.

Step 14blank.gif In card view, display the 40-WXC-C card for Side B and complete the following:

a.blank.gif Complete the 435 Set the 40-WXC-C OCHNC Parameters. Set the Input Port on the Maintenance > OCHNC > Insert Value tabs to 1.

b.blank.gif Complete the 436 Record the 40-WXC-C Power Value.

Step 15blank.gif In card view, display the OPT-AMP-17 card for Side B and complete the 434 Record the OPT-AMP-17-C Power Value.

Step 16blank.gif In card view, display the 40-WXC-C card for Side C and complete the following:

a.blank.gif Complete the 435 Set the 40-WXC-C OCHNC Parameters. Set the Input Port on the Maintenance > OCHNC > Insert Value tabs to 1.

b.blank.gif Complete the 436 Record the 40-WXC-C Power Value.

Step 17blank.gif In card view, display the OPT-AMP-17 card for Side C and complete the 434 Record the OPT-AMP-17-C Power Value.

Step 18blank.gif In card view, display the 40-WXC-C card for Side D and complete the following:

a.blank.gif Complete the 435 Set the 40-WXC-C OCHNC Parameters. Set the Input Port on the Maintenance > OCHNC > Insert Value tabs to 1.

b.blank.gif Complete the 436 Record the 40-WXC-C Power Value.

Step 19blank.gif In card view, display the OPT-AMP-17 card for Side D and complete the 434 Record the OPT-AMP-17-C Power Value.

Step 20blank.gif In card view, display the 40-WXC-C card for Side A and complete the 435 Set the 40-WXC-C OCHNC Parameters. Set the Input Port on the Maintenance > OCHNC > Insert Value tabs to 2.

Step 21blank.gif In card view, display the OPT-AMP-17 card for Side A and complete the 434 Record the OPT-AMP-17-C Power Value.

Step 22blank.gif Record the optical power meter value and verify that the optical power meter value matches the value recorded in the G433 Record Transponder Optical Power (+\– 1dB).

Step 23blank.gif In card view, display the 40-WXC-C card for Side A. Click the Maintenance > OCHNC tabs. In the Return Value COM-TX on selected Wavelength area, click Refresh and then Delete. Repeat for Sides B, C, and D of the 40-WXC-C card.

Step 24blank.gif To test all wavelengths, repeat Steps 6 , 11 , 18 , and 20 for all supported wavelengths.

Step 25blank.gif In card view, display the transponder card and choose OOS,DSBLD (ANSI) or Locked,disabled (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list.

Step 26blank.gif Disconnect the patchcord in the COM-TX port from the patchcord in the COM-RX port for Side B of the 40-WXC-C card.

Step 27blank.gif Connect, using an LC-LC adapter, the patchcord from the COM-TX port with the patchcord in the COM-RX port for Side A of the 40-WXC-C card.

Step 28blank.gif Complete the G432 Set the Transponder Wavelength to tune the transponder card to the wavelength set in Step 6.

Step 29blank.gif Connect the transponder card output port (with the 15-dB-attenuator) to the COM-RX port of the 40-WXC-C card for Side B.

Step 30blank.gif In card view, display the transponder card. Click the Provisioning > Line tabs, and choose IS (ANSI) or Unlocked (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list.

Step 31blank.gif Complete the 435 Set the 40-WXC-C OCHNC Parameters for Sides C and D of the 40-WXC-C card. Set the Input Port on the Maintenance > OCHNC > Insert Value tabs to 2.

Step 32blank.gif Complete the 435 Set the 40-WXC-C OCHNC Parameters for Side B of the 40-WXC-C card. Set the Input Port on the Maintenance > OCHNC > Insert Value tabs to 3.

Step 33blank.gif In card view, display the 40-WXC-C card for Side B. Click the Maintenance > OCHNC tabs. In the Return Value COM-TX on selected Wavelength area, click Refresh and then Delete. Repeat for Sides A, C, and D.

Step 34blank.gif To test all wavelengths, repeat Steps 28 through 33 (omit Step 29blank.gif) for all supported wavelengths.

Step 35blank.gif In card view, display the transponder card. Click the Provisioning > Line tabs, and choose OOS,DSBLD (ANSI) or Locked,disabled (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list.

Step 36blank.gif Disconnect the patchcord in the COM-TX port from the patchcord in the COM-RX port of Side C of the 40-WXC-C card.

Step 37blank.gif Connect, using an LC-LC adapter, the patchcord from the COM-TX port to the patchcord in the COM-RX port for Side B of the 40-WXC-C card.

Step 38blank.gif Complete the G432 Set the Transponder Wavelength to tune the transponder card to the wavelength set in Step 6.

Step 39blank.gif Connect the transponder card output port (with the 15-dB attenuator) to the COM-RX port of the 40-WXC-C card for Side C.

Step 40blank.gif In card view for the transponder card, click the Provisioning > Line tabs and choose IS (ANSI) or Unlocked (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list.

Step 41blank.gif Complete the 435 Set the 40-WXC-C OCHNC Parameters for Sides A and D of the 40-WXC-C card. Set the Input Port on the Maintenance > OCHNC > Insert Value tabs to 3.

Step 42blank.gif Complete the 435 Set the 40-WXC-C OCHNC Parameters for Side C of the 40-WXC-C card. Set the Input Port on the Maintenance > OCHNC > Insert Value tabs to 4.

Step 43blank.gif In card view, display the 40-WXC-C card and click the Maintenance > OCHNC tabs. In the Return Value COM-TX on selected Wavelength area, click Refresh and then Delete. Repeat for Sides A, B, and D.

Step 44blank.gif To test all wavelengths, repeat Steps 38 through 43 (omit Step 39blank.gif) for all supported wavelengths.

Step 45blank.gif Disconnect the patchcord in the COM-TX port from the patchcord in the COM-RX port of Side D of the 40-WXC-C card.

Step 46blank.gif Connect, using an LC-LC adapter, the patchcord from the COM-TX port to the patchcord in the COM-RX of Side C of the 40-WXC-C card.

Step 47blank.gif Complete the G432 Set the Transponder Wavelength to tune the transponder card to the desired wavelength for testing.

Step 48blank.gif Connect the transponder card output port (with the 15-dB attenuator) to the COM-RX port of the 40-WXC-C card of Side D.

Step 49blank.gif In card view, display the transponder card. Click the Provisioning > Line tabs, and choose IS (ANSI) or Unlocked (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list.

Step 50blank.gif Complete the 435 Set the 40-WXC-C OCHNC Parameters for Sides A and B of the 40-WXC-C card. Set the Input Port on the Maintenance > OCHNC > Insert Value tabs to 4.

Step 51blank.gif Complete the 435 Set the 40-WXC-C OCHNC Parameters for Side C of the 40-WXC-C card. Set the Input Port on the Maintenance > OCHNC > Insert Value tabs to 1.

Step 52blank.gif In card view, display the 40-WXC-C card for Side D. Click the Maintenance > OCHNC tabs. In the Return Value COM-TX on selected Wavelength area, click Refresh and then Delete. Repeat for Sides A, B, and C of the 40-WXC-C card.

Step 53blank.gif To test all wavelengths, repeat Steps 47 through 52 for all supported wavelengths, except Step 48blank.gif.

Step 54blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs. Restore the values recorded in Step 10blank.gif a for the following parameters:

    • Power on the COM-TX port of the preamplifier on Side A
    • Power on the COM-RX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side A
    • Power on the COM-TX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side A
    • Power Fail Low Th on the COM-RX port of the preamplifier on Side B
    • Power on the COM-TX port of the preamplifier on Side B
    • Power on the COM-RX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side B
    • Power on the COM-TX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side B
    • Power Fail Low Th on the COM-RX port of the preamplifier on Side B
    • Power on the COM-TX port of the preamplifier on Side C
    • Power on the COM-RX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side C
    • Power on the COM-TX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side C
    • Power Fail Low Th on the COM-RX port of the preamplifier on Side C
    • Power on the COM-TX port of the pre-amplifier on Side D
    • Power on the COM-RX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side D
    • Power on the COM-TX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side D
    • Power Fail Low Th on the COM-RX port of the preamplifier on Side D

Step 55blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Click Launch ANS.

Step 56blank.gif Disconnect the patchcord in the COM-TX port from the patchcord in the COM-RX port of Side A of the 40-WXC-C card.

Step 57blank.gif Disconnect the patchcord in the COM-TX port from the patchcord in the COM-RX port of Side B of the 40-WXC-C card.

Step 58blank.gif Disconnect the patchcord in the COM-TX port from the patchcord in the COM-RX port of Side C of the 40-WXC-C card.

Step 59blank.gif Restore the connections to the MMU cards of the eight sides using the patchcords tested in this procedure:

a.blank.gif Connect the patchcord from the COM-TX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side A to the EXP-A-RX port of the MMU in the lowest slot of the upgraded ROADM Node 1.

b.blank.gif Connect the patchcord from the COM-RX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side A to the EXP-A-TX port of the MMU in the lowest slot of the upgraded ROADM Node 1.

c.blank.gif Connect the patchcord from the COM-TX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side B to the EXP-A-RX port of the MMU in the highest slot of the upgraded ROADM Node 1.

d.blank.gif Connect the patchcord from the COM-RX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side B to the EXP-A-TX port of the MMU in the highest slot of the upgraded ROADM Node 1.

e.blank.gif Connect the patchcord from the COM-TX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side C to the EXP-A-RX port of the MMU in the lowest slot of the upgraded ROADM Node 2.

f.blank.gif Connect the patchcord from the COM-RX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side C to the EXP-A-TX port of the MMU in the lowest slot of the upgraded ROADM Node 2.

g.blank.gif Connect the patchcord from the COM-TX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side D to the EXP-A-RX port of the MMU in the highest slot of the upgraded ROADM Node 2.

h.blank.gif Connect the patchcord from the COM-RX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side D to the EXP-A-TX port of the MMU in the highest slot of the upgraded ROADM Node 2.

Stop. You have completed this procedure.


 

DLP-434 Record the OPT-AMP-17-C Power Value

 

Purpose

This task records the power value of the OPT-AMP-17 card.

Tools/Equipment

None

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

436 Record the 40-WXC-C Power Value

ANS successfully completed

All sides completely wired (including patch panels)

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1blank.gif In card view for the OPT-AMP-17 card for Side x, complete the following:

a.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the COM-RX port.

b.blank.gif Verify the COM-RX port power value matches the value of the EXP-TX port of the 40-WXC-C card in the 436 Record the 40-WXC-C Power Value (+\– 1 dB).

c.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Op. Ampli. Line > Parameters tabs and record the Total Output Power value of the COM-TX port.

d.blank.gif Verify that the value is 1 dBm (+\– 1 dB).

Step 2blank.gif Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-435 Set the 40-WXC-C OCHNC Parameters

 

Purpose

This task sets the OCHNC parameters for the 40-WXC-C card.

Tools/Equipment

None

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

ANS successfully completed

All sides completely wired (including patch panels)

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1blank.gif In the 40-WXC-C card view for Side x, complete the following:

a.blank.gif Click the Maintenance > OCHNC > Insert Value tabs and set the parameters as follows:

blank.gif Target Power (dBm) = –15.0

note.gif

Noteblank.gif The target power is not set if the power value is higher than the channel power that is allocated and equalized.


blank.gif Input Port = x (EXP-RX) (for x, refer to the step in the originating procedure)

blank.gif VOA Attenuation (dB) = 13

blank.gif Wavelength = Value set in the originating procedure

b.blank.gif Click Apply.

c.blank.gif Click Refresh. In the Return Value COM-TX on selected Wavelength field, verify that the Actual Power (dBm) is –15 +\– 0.5dB.

Step 2blank.gif Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

DLP-436 Record the 40-WXC-C Power Value

 

Purpose

This task records the power value of the 40-WXC-C card for a multiring configuration.

Tools/Equipment

None

Prerequisite Procedures

G46 Log into CTC

G433 Record Transponder Optical Power

435 Set the 40-WXC-C OCHNC Parameters

ANS successfully completed

All sides completely wired (including patch panels)

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1blank.gif In card view for the 40-WXC-C card for Side x, complete the following:

a.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the COM-TX port.

b.blank.gif Verify that the COM-TX port value matches Return Value COM-TX on selected Wavelength value retrieved in the 435 Set the 40-WXC-C OCHNC Parameters (+\– 1 dB).

c.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the EXP-TX port.

d.blank.gif Click the Inventory > Info tabs and record the CRX -> EXP insertion loss value.

e.blank.gif Verify that the EXP-TX port power value = (COM-TX port power value) – (CRX -> EXP insertion loss value) (+\– 1 dB).

Step 2blank.gif Return to your originating procedure (NTP).


 

NTP-G188 Perform the Native Mesh Node Acceptance Test

 

Purpose

This procedure checks the power values and the optical connections for a native mesh node. Use this test for both new installations and directional upgrades of native mesh nodes. Use this to also test the installation of a new side n to a node.

Tools/Equipment

  • Fully C-band tunable transponder or tunable laser source with an LC patchcord
  • 1 MPO-LC multicable (LC if the optical power meter has LC input)
  • 1 LC-LC adapter

Prerequisite Procedures

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1blank.gif Identify the sides that are already carrying traffic and which sides are going to be tested.

Step 2blank.gif Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the mesh native node where you want to perform the acceptance test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 3.

Step 3blank.gif From the View menu, choose Go to Network View.

Step 4blank.gif Click the Alarms tab.

a.blank.gif Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b.blank.gif Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (An equipment alarm is indicated in the Alarms tab, Cond column as EQPT.) If equipment failure alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

Step 5blank.gif Insert a full C-band tunable transponder into an available slot of the side that you want to test (Side A through H, referred to as Side x in this procedure).

Step 6blank.gif Plug a 15-dB LC attenuator into the trunk TX port of the transponder card.

Step 7blank.gif Select a wavelength that is not used on any of the sides for carrying traffic (or 1530.33 nm if it is a new installation). Complete the G432 Set the Transponder Wavelength to tune the transponder for the selected wavelength yyyy.yy.

Step 8blank.gif Connect the optical power meter to the trunk TX port of the transponder card.

Step 9blank.gif Complete the G433 Record Transponder Optical Power.

Step 10blank.gif Disconnect the optical power meter from the TX port of the transponder card.

Step 11blank.gif In card view, display the OSC-CSM or OSCM card for Side x and complete the following:

a.blank.gif Click the Maintenance > ALS tabs and from the OSRI pull-down menu, select OFF.

b.blank.gif From the ALS Mode pull-down menu, select Disable.

Step 12blank.gif Make the following connections:

a.blank.gif Connect the transponder output port (with the 15-dB attenuator) to the Line RX port of the booster amplifier (OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, OPT-AMP-C, OPT-AMP-17-C, or OSC-CSM) of Side x.

b.blank.gif Connect the optical power meter to the LINE-TX port of the booster amplifier (OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, OPT-AMP-C, OPT-AMP-17-C, or OSC-CSM) of Side x.

c.blank.gif Use a fiber to connect the 40-DMX-C TX port to the 40-MUX-C RX port for the selected wavelength yyyy.yy in the 15454-PP-80-LC patch panel for Side x.

Step 13blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs. Complete the following:

a.blank.gif Record the actual values of the following parameters:

blank.gif Power on the COM-TX port of preamplifier on Side X

blank.gif Power on the COM-RX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side X

blank.gif Power on the COM-TX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side X

blank.gif Power on the LINE-TX port of the booster amplifier on Side X

b.blank.gif Set the previous values of the parameters as follows:

blank.gif Power on the COM-TX port of preamplifier on Side X = +8 dBm

blank.gif Power on the COM-RX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side X = +8 dBm

blank.gif Power on the COM-TX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side X = –18 dBm

blank.gif Power on the LINE-TX port of the booster amplifier on Side X = –1 dB m

c.blank.gif Click Apply.

Step 14blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Click Launch ANS.

Step 15blank.gif In card view, display the 40-DMX-C card for Side x and complete the following:

a.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the VOA Attenuation Ref. value y.

b.blank.gif Set the VOA Attenuation Calib. to –y.

c.blank.gif Choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list.

d.blank.gif Click Apply.

Step 16blank.gif In card view, display the 40-MUX-C card for Side x. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs, and choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list. Click Apply.

Step 17blank.gif In card view, display the booster amplifier card for Side x. Click the Inventory > Info tabs and record the IL02 (LINE RX->COM TX) insertion loss value.

Step 18blank.gif In card view, display the transponder card and click the Provisioning > Line tabs. For trunk port, choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list and click Apply.

Step 19blank.gif In card view, display the booster amplifier card for Side x, and complete the following:

a.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the COM-TX port.

b.blank.gif Verify the power value of the COM-TX port = (Optical power meter value in Step 9) – (LINE RX->COM TX insertion loss value read in Step 17) (+\– 1 dB).

Step 20blank.gif In card view, display the preamplifier card (OPT-PRE, OPT-AMP-C, or OPT-AMP-17C) for Side x and complete the following:

a.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the COM-RX port.

b.blank.gif Verify that the COM-RX power value matches the value in Step 19 b (+\– 1 dB).

c.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Opt. Ampli. Line > Parameters tabs and record the Total Output Power value of the COM-TX port.

d.blank.gif Verify that the value is +8 dBm (+\– 1 dB).

Step 21blank.gif In card view, display the 40-WXC-C card for Side x and complete the following:

a.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the COM-RX port.

b.blank.gif Verify that the value matches the COM-TX port power value in Step 20 c (+/- 1dB).

c.blank.gif Click the Inventory > Info tabs and record the CRX -> EXP insertion loss.

d.blank.gif Record the CRX -> DROP insertion loss.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the EXP-TX port.

f.blank.gif On the same screen, record the Power value of the DROP-TX port.

g.blank.gif Verify that the EXP-TX Power value in Step 21 e = (COM-RX value in Step 21 a ) – (CRX -> EXP value in Step 21 c ) (+\– 1 dB).

h.blank.gif Verify that the DROP-TX value in Step 21 f = (COM-RX value in Step 21 a ) – (CRX -> DROP value in Step 21 d ) (+\– 1 dB).

Step 22blank.gif In card view, display the 40-DMX-C card for Side x and complete the following:

a.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the COM-RX port.

b.blank.gif Verify that the COM-RX power value in Step a matches the value in Step 21 f (+\– 1 dB).

c.blank.gif Click the Inventory > Info tabs and record the 1RX -> xTX insertion loss (where x is the channel number associated with yyyy.yy wavelength).

d.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the CHAN-TX port associated with yyyy.yy wavelength.

e.blank.gif Verify that the CHAN-TX port Power value = (COM-RX power value in Step 22 a ) – (1RX -> x TX insertion loss value in Step 22 c ) (+\– 1 dB).

Step 23blank.gif In card view, display the 40-MUX-C card for Side x and complete the following:

a.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the CHAN-RX port associated with the selected yyyy.yy wavelength.

b.blank.gif Verify that the CHAN-RX value in Step 23 a = (CHAN-TX value in Step 22 d ) (+\– 1.5 dB).

c.blank.gif Click the Inventory > Info tabs and record the xRX -> 1TX insertion loss (where x is the channel number associated with yyyy.yy wavelength).

d.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs, record the Power value of the COM-TX port.

e.blank.gif Verify that the COM-TX Power value = (CHAN-RX value in Step 23 a ) – (yRX -> 1TX value in Step 23 c ) (+\– 1 dB).

Step 24blank.gif In card view, display the 40-WXC-C card for Side x and complete the following:

a.blank.gif Click the Maintenance > OCHNC tabs, and in the Insert Value section, set the available parameters as follows:

blank.gif Target Power (dBm) = –18.0

note.gif

Noteblank.gif The target power is not set if the power value is higher than the channel power that is allocated and equalized.


blank.gif Input port = 9 (ADD-RX)

blank.gif VOA Attenuation (dB) = 13

blank.gif Wavelength = yyyy.yy (wavelength selected in Step 7)

b.blank.gif Click Apply.

c.blank.gif In the Return Value COM-TX section on selected Wavelength area, click Refresh and verify that the Actual Power (dBm) is the Target Power from Step 24 a +\– 0.5 dB. If the channel does not come up, reduce VOA Attenuation by 5dB in Step 24 a until the target power is reached.

d.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the COM-TX port.

e.blank.gif Verify that the COM-TX Power value matches the Actual Power value in Step 24 c (+\– 1 dB).

Step 25blank.gif In card view, display the booster amplifier card for Side x, and complete the following:

a.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the COM-RX port.

b.blank.gif Verify COM-RX Power value matches the COM-TX Power value in Step 24 d (+\– 1 dB).

c.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Opt. Ampli. Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the LINE-TX port.

d.blank.gif Verify that the LINE-TX value matches the power on the LINE-TX port of the booster amplifier on Side x recorded in Step 13 b (+\– 1 dB).

e.blank.gif Record the optical power meter value.

f.blank.gif Verify that the optical power meter value matches the LINE-TX value in Step 25 c (+\– 1 dB).

Step 26blank.gif Select the 40-WXC-C card on Side n where n is A, B, C, D, E, F, G, or H but n is not equal to x, go to the card view and complete the following:

a.blank.gif Click the Maintenance > OCHNC tabs, and in the Insert Values section, set the available parameters as follows:

blank.gif Target Power (dBm) = –22.0

note.gif

Noteblank.gif The target power is not set if the power value is higher than the channel power that is allocated and equalized.


blank.gif Input port = x (EXP-RX)

blank.gif VOA Attenuation (dB) = 20

blank.gif Wavelength = yyyy.yy (wavelength selected in Step 7)

b.blank.gif Click Apply.

c.blank.gif In the Return Value COM-TX on selected Wavelength area, click Refresh and verify that the Actual Power (dBm) is Target Power of Step 26 a +\– 0.5 dB. If the channel does not come up, reduce VOA Attenuation by 5dB in Step 26 a until the target power is reached.

d.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the COM-TX port.

e.blank.gif Verify that the value of the COM-TX port matches the Actual Power value in Step 26 c (+\– 1 dB).

f.blank.gif Click the Maintenance > OCHNC tabs. In the Return Value COM-TX on selected Wavelength area, click Refresh and then Delete.

Step 27blank.gif Repeat Step 26 for all the others of Side n, where n is A, B, C, D, E, F, G, or H but n not equal to x.

Step 28blank.gif In card view, display the 40-WXC-C card for Side x and click the Maintenance > OCHNC tabs. In the Return Value COM-TX on selected Wavelength area, click Refresh and then Delete.

Step 29blank.gif In card view, display the transponder card and click the Provisioning > Line tabs. For trunk port, choose OOS,DSBLD (ANSI) or Locked,disabled (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list. Click Apply.

Step 30blank.gif To test all wavelengths, repeat Step 7 through Step 29 for each wavelength. In Step 7, set the wavelength to the next odd wavelength.

Step 31blank.gif Disconnect the optical power meter from the LINE-TX port of the booster amplifier of the Side x.

Step 32blank.gif Disconnect the transponder output port (with the 15-dB attenuator) from the LINE-RX port of the booster amplifier of the Side x.

Step 33blank.gif In card view, display the 40-DMX-C card for Side x and click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Complete the following:

a.blank.gif Choose IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list.

b.blank.gif Change the VOA Attenuation Calib. from the existing value to 0 (zero).

c.blank.gif Click Apply.

Step 34blank.gif In card view, display the 40-MUX-C card for Side x and click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Choose IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list and click Apply.

Step 35blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs and restore the values recorded in Step 13blank.gif a for the following parameters:

    • Power on the COM-TX port of preamplifier on Side X
    • Power on the COM-RX port of the 40-WXC-C on Side X
    • Power on the COM-TX port of the 40-WXC-C on Side X
    • Power on the LINE-TX port of the booster amplifier on Side X

Step 36blank.gif Repeat Steps 5 through 35 for all the others sides that are being installed.

Step 37blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Click Launch ANS.

Stop. You have completed this procedure.


 

NTP-G189 Perform the Node Upgrade Acceptance Test

 

Purpose

This procedure checks the connections and the output power values for a node in an upgraded ring. The upgraded node connects an existing in-service ROADM node with two sides (each equipped with MMU cards) to a native mesh node with two sides.

Tools/Equipment

Fully C-band tunable transponder or tunable laser source with an LC patchcord

1 15-dB LC attenuator

1 optical power meter with LC input connector

2 LC-LC patchcords (or at least one for each native side)

1 LC-LC adapter

Prerequisite Procedures

Chapter 4, “Turn Up a Node”

All sides completely wired (including patch panels), except the connections with the MMU cards in the existing in-service ROADM node; for more information, see Chapter 4, “Turn Up a Node”

G186 Perform the Four-Degree and Eight-Degree Mesh Patch Panel Acceptance Test

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1blank.gif Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the upgrade node where you want to perform the acceptance test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2.

Step 2blank.gif From the View menu, choose Go to Network View.

Step 3blank.gif Click the Alarms tab.

a.blank.gif Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the G128 Disable Alarm Filtering as necessary.

b.blank.gif Verify that no equipment alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. (Equipment alarms are indicated by an EQPT in the Alarms tab Cond column.) If equipment failure alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

Step 4blank.gif Insert a full C-band tunable transponder into an available slot for the node that you want to test.

Step 5blank.gif Plug a 15-dB LC attenuator to the TX port of the transponder.

Step 6blank.gif Complete the G432 Set the Transponder Wavelength to tune the transponder to a wavelength yyyy.yy that is not used in any of the sides already carrying traffic (or 1530.33 nm if it is a new installation).

Step 7blank.gif Complete the G433 Record Transponder Optical Power.

Step 8blank.gif Disconnect the optical power meter from the TX port of the transponder card.

Step 9blank.gif Make the following connections:

a.blank.gif Connect the transponder card output port (with the 15-dB attenuator) to the COM-RX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side A.

b.blank.gif Connect the optical power meter to the COM-TX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side A.

c.blank.gif Connect, using the LC-LC adapter, the patchcord from the COM-TX port with the patchcord from the COM-RX port of the Side B 40-WXC-C card.

Step 10blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs. Complete the following:

a.blank.gif Record the values of the following parameters:

blank.gif Power on the COM-TX port of the preamplifier on Side A

blank.gif Power on the COM-RX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side A

blank.gif Power on the COM-TX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side A

blank.gif Power Fail Low Th on the COM-RX port of the preamplifier on Side A

blank.gif Power on the COM-TX port of the preamplifier on Side B

blank.gif Power on the COM-RX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side B

blank.gif Power on the COM-TX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side B

blank.gif Power Fail Low Th on the COM-RX port of the preamplifier on Side B

b.blank.gif Change the values of the parameters as follows:

blank.gif Power on the COM-TX port of the preamplifier on Side A = 1 dBm

blank.gif Power on the COM-RX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side A = –15 dBm

blank.gif Power on the COM-TX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side A = –15 dBm

blank.gif Power Fail Low Th on the COM-RX port of the preamplifier on Side A = –30 dBm

blank.gif Power on the COM-TX port of the preamplifier on Side B = 1 dBm

blank.gif Power on the COM-RX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side B = –15 dBm

blank.gif Power on the COM-TX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side B = –15 dBm

blank.gif Power Fail Low Th on the COM-RX port of the preamplifier on Side B = –30 dBm

c.blank.gif Click Apply.

d.blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Click Launch ANS.

Step 11blank.gif Display card view for the OPT-AMP-17 card on Side A and click the Provisioning > Card tabs. From the Working Card Mode drop-down list, verify that OPT-PRE appears and if not, choose it. Click Apply. Repeat for Side B.

Step 12blank.gif Display card view for the transponder card and click the Provisioning > Line tabs. Choose IS (ANSI) or Unlocked (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list and click Apply.

Step 13blank.gif In card view, display the 40-WXC-C card of Side A and complete the following:

a.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Record the Power value of the COM-RX port.

b.blank.gif Verify that the COM-RX value matches the transponder card optical power meter value recorded in Step 7 (+\– 1 dB).

c.blank.gif Click the Inventory > Info tabs and record the CRX -> EXP insertion loss.

d.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the EXP-TX port.

e.blank.gif Verify that the EXP-TX port power value = (COM-RX port power value in Step a ) - (EXP-TX Power value in Step d ) (+\– 1 dB).

Step 14blank.gif In card view, display the OPT-AMP-17 card for Side A and complete the 434 Record the OPT-AMP-17-C Power Value.

Step 15blank.gif In card view, display the 40-WXC-C card for Side B and complete the following:

a.blank.gif Complete the 435 Set the 40-WXC-C OCHNC Parameters. Set the Input Port on the Maintenance > OCHNC > Insert Value tabs to 1.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the COM-TX port.

c.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the COM-RX port.

d.blank.gif Verify that the COM-RX Power value matches the COM-TX port Power value in b (+\– 1 dB).

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the EXP-TX port.

f.blank.gif Click the Inventory > Info tabs and record the CRX -> EXP insertion loss value.

g.blank.gif Verify that the EXP-TX port power value = (COM-RX port power value) - (CRX -> EXP insertion loss value) (+\– 1 dB)

Step 16blank.gif In card view, display the OPT-AMP-17 card for Side B and complete the 434 Record the OPT-AMP-17-C Power Value.

Step 17blank.gif In card view, display the 40-WXC-C for Side A and complete the 435 Set the 40-WXC-C OCHNC Parameters. Set the Input Port on the Maintenance > OCHNC > Insert Value tabs to 2.

Step 18blank.gif In card view, display the 40-WXC-C for Side C and complete the 435 Set the 40-WXC-C OCHNC Parameters. Set the Input Port on the Maintenance > OCHNC > Insert Value tabs to 1.

Step 19blank.gif In card view, display the 40-WXC-C for Side D and complete the 435 Set the 40-WXC-C OCHNC Parameters. Set the Input Port on the Maintenance > OCHNC > Insert Value tabs to 1.

Step 20blank.gif In card view, display the 40-WXC-C for Side A and click the Maintenance > OCHNC tabs. In the Return Value COM-TX on selected Wavelength area, click Refresh and then Delete. Repeat for Sides B, C, and D of the 40-WXC-C card.

Step 21blank.gif Display card view for the transponder card and choose OOS,DSBLD (ANSI) or Locked,disabled (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list.

Step 22blank.gif Disconnect the patchcord in the COM-TX port from the patchcord in the COM-RX port of Side B of the 40-WXC-C card.

Step 23blank.gif Connect, using the LC-LC adapter, the patchcord from the COM-TX port with the patchcord in the COM-RX port for Side A of the 40-WXC-C card.

Step 24blank.gif Complete the G432 Set the Transponder Wavelength to tune the transponder to the wavelength set in Step 6.

Step 25blank.gif Connect the transponder card output port (with the 15-dB attenuator) to the COM-RX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side B.

Step 26blank.gif Display card view for the transponder card. Click the Provisioning > Line tabs, and choose IS (ANSI) or Unlocked (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list.

Step 27blank.gif In card view, display the 40-WXC-C card for Side A and complete the 435 Set the 40-WXC-C OCHNC Parameters. Set the Input Port on the Maintenance > OCHNC > Insert Value tabs to 2.

Step 28blank.gif In card view, display the 40-WXC-C for Side B and complete the 435 Set the 40-WXC-C OCHNC Parameters. Set the Input Port on the Maintenance > OCHNC > Insert Value tabs to 1.

Step 29blank.gif In card view, display the 40-WXC-C for Side C and complete the 435 Set the 40-WXC-C OCHNC Parameters. Set the Input Port on the Maintenance > OCHNC > Insert Value tabs to 2.

Step 30blank.gif In card view, display the 40-WXC-C for Side D and complete the 435 Set the 40-WXC-C OCHNC Parameters. Set the Input Port on the Maintenance > OCHNC > Insert Value tabs to 2.

Step 31blank.gif In card view, display the 40-WXC-C for Side B and click the Maintenance > OCHNC tabs. In the Return Value COM-TX on selected Wavelength area, click Refresh and then Delete. Repeat for Sides A, C, and D of the 40-WXC-C card.

Step 32blank.gif Display the card view for the transponder card. Click the Provisioning > Line tabs, and choose OOS,DSBLD (ANSI) or Locked,disabled (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list.

Step 33blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs. Restore the values recorded in Step 10blank.gif a for the following parameters:

    • Power on the COM-TX port of the preamplifier on Side A
    • Power on the COM-RX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side A
    • Power on the COM-TX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side A
    • Power Fail Low Th on the COM-RX port of the preamplifier on Side A
    • Power on the COM-TX port of the preamplifier on Side B
    • Power on the COM-RX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side B
    • Power on the COM-TX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side B
    • Power Fail Low Th on the COM-RX port of the preamplifier on Side B

Step 34blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Click Launch ANS.

Step 35blank.gif Disconnect the patchcord in the COM-TX port from the patchcord in the COM-RX port of Side A of the 40-WXC-C card.

Step 36blank.gif Make the following connections:

a.blank.gif Connect the transponder output port (with the 15-dB attenuator) to the LINE-RX port of the booster amplifier of Side C.

b.blank.gif Connect the optical power meter to the LINE-TX port of the booster amplifier of Side C.

c.blank.gif Connect the client TX of lambda yyyy.yy to the client RX of lambda yyyy.yy on the Side C patch panel.

Step 37blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs and complete the following:

a.blank.gif Record the actual values of the following parameters:

blank.gif Power on the COM-TX port of the preamplifier on Side X

blank.gif Power on the COM-RX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side X

blank.gif Power on the COM-TX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side X

blank.gif Power on the LINE-TX port of the booster amplifier on Side X

b.blank.gif Set the values of the parameters as follows:

blank.gif Power on the COM-TX port of the preamplifier on Side X = 8 dBm

blank.gif Power on the COM-RX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side X = 8 dBm

blank.gif Power on the COM-TX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side X = –18 dBm

blank.gif Power on the LINE-TX port of the booster amplifier on Side X = –8 dBm

c.blank.gif Click Apply.

Step 38blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Click Launch ANS.

Step 39blank.gif In card view, display the 40-DMX-C card for Side C and complete the following:

a.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the VOA Attenuation Ref. value y.

b.blank.gif Set the VOA Attenuation Calib. to –y.

c.blank.gif Choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list.

d.blank.gif Click Apply.

Step 40blank.gif In card view, display the 40-MUX-C card for Side C and click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Choose OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list and click Apply.

Step 41blank.gif In card view, display the booster amplifier card for Side C. Click the Inventory > Info tabs and record the LINE-RX -> COM TX insertion loss.

Step 42blank.gif Display the transponder card in card view and click the Provisioning > Line tabs. Choose IS (ANSI) or Unlocked (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list and click Apply.

Step 43blank.gif In card view, display the booster amplifier card for Side C and complete the following:

a.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the COM-TX port.

b.blank.gif Verify the COM-TX Power value = (Optical power meter value) – (LINE RX -> COM TX insertion loss value in Step 41) (+\– 1 dB).

Step 44blank.gif In card view, display the preamplifier card for Side C and complete the following:

a.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the COM-RX port.

b.blank.gif Verify that the COM-RX Power value matches the COM-TX port Power value in Step 43 a (+\– 1 dB).

c.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Opt. Ampli. Line > Parameters tabs and record the Total Output Power value of the COM-TX port.

d.blank.gif Verify that the COM-TX Total Output Power value is 8 dBm (+\– 1 dB).

Step 45blank.gif In card view, display the 40-WXC-C card for Side C and complete the following:

a.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the COM-RX port.

b.blank.gif Verify that the COM-RX power value matches the Total Output Power value of the COM-TX port value in Step 44 c (+\– 1 dB).

c.blank.gif Click the Inventory > Info tabs and record the CRX -> EXP insertion loss.

d.blank.gif Record the CRX -> DROP insertion loss.

e.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the EXP-TX port.

f.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the DROP-TX port.

g.blank.gif Verify that the EXP-TX Power value in Step e = (COM-RX value in Step a ) - (CRX -> EXP value in Step c ) (+\– 1 dB).

h.blank.gif Verify that the DROP-TX value in Step f = (COM-RX value in Step a ) - (CRX -> DROP value in Step d ) (+\– 1 dB).

Step 46blank.gif In card view, display the 40-DMX-C card for Side C and complete the following:

a.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the COM-RX port.

b.blank.gif Verify that the COM-RX port Power value in Step a matches the COM-TX port Power value in Step 45 b (+\– 1 dB).

c.blank.gif Click the Inventory > Info tabs and record the 1RX -> yTX insertion loss (where y is the channel number associated with yyyy.yy wavelength).

d.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the CHAN-TX port associated with yyyy.yy wavelength.

e.blank.gif Verify that the CHAN-TX Power value = (COM-RX Power value in Step a ) - (1RX -> yTX insertion loss value in Step c ) (+\– 1 dB).

Step 47blank.gif In card view, display the 40-MUX-C card for Side C and complete the following:

a.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the CHAN-RX port associated with yyyy.yy wavelength.

b.blank.gif Verify that the CHAN-RX value matches the CHAN-TX Power value in Step 46 d (+\– 1.5 dB).

c.blank.gif Click the Inventory > Info tabs and record the yRX -> 1TX insertion loss (where y is the channel number associated with yyyy.yy wavelength).

d.blank.gif In the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs, record the Power value of the COM-TX port.

e.blank.gif Verify that the COM-TX Power value = (CHAN-RX Power value in Step a ) – (yRX -> 1TX insertion loss value in Step c ) (+\– 1 dB).

Step 48blank.gif In card view, display the 40-WXC-C card for Side C, and complete the following:

a.blank.gif Click the Maintenance > OCHNC > Insert Value tabs, and set the available parameters as follows:

blank.gif Target Power (dBm) = –18.0

note.gif

Noteblank.gif The target power is not set if the power value is higher than the channel power that is allocated and equalized.


blank.gif Input port = 9 (ADD-RX)

blank.gif VOA Attenuation (dB) = 13

blank.gif Wavelength = yyyy.yy (value set in Step 6)

b.blank.gif Click Apply.

c.blank.gif Click the Maintenance > OCHNC tabs. In the Return Value COM-TX on selected Wavelength area, click Refresh and verify that the Actual Power (dBm) is –18 +\– 0.5 dB.

d.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the COM-TX port.

e.blank.gif Verify that the COM-TX Power value matches the Actual Power value in Step c (+\– 1 dB).

Step 49blank.gif In card view, display the booster amplifier card for Side C, and complete the following:

a.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the COM-RX port.

b.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Opt. Ampli. Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the LINE-TX port.

c.blank.gif Verify that the LINE-TX value matches the Side C Tx Amplifier Ch Power recorded in Step 37 a (+\– 1 dB).

d.blank.gif Record the optical power meter value.

e.blank.gif Verify that the optical power meter value matches the LINE-TX Power value in Step b (+\– 1 dB).

Step 50blank.gif In card view, display the 40-WXC-C card for Side C, and click the Maintenance > OCHNC tabs. In the Return Value COM-TX on selected Wavelength area, click Refresh and then Delete.

Step 51blank.gif Display Side A of the 40-WXC-C card in card view, and complete the following:

a.blank.gif Click the Maintenance > OCHNC > Insert Value tabs, and set the available parameters as follows:

blank.gif Target Power (dBm) = –18.0

note.gif

Noteblank.gif The target power is not set if the power value is higher than the channel power that is allocated and equalized.


blank.gif Input port = 3 (EXP-RX)

blank.gif VOA Attenuation (dB) = 13

blank.gif Wavelength = yyyy.yy (value set in Step 6)

b.blank.gif Click Apply.

c.blank.gif In the Return Value COM-TX on selected Wavelength area, click Refresh and verify that the Actual Power (dBm) is –18 +\– 0.5 dB.

d.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the COM-TX port.

e.blank.gif Verify that the value of the COM-TX port matches the Actual Power value in Step c (+\– 1 dB).

f.blank.gif Click the Maintenance > OCHNC tabs. In the Return Value COM-TX on selected Wavelength area, click Refresh and then Delete.

Step 52blank.gif Repeat Step 51 for the 40-WXC-C card of Side B.

Step 53blank.gif Repeat Step 51 for the 40-WXC-C card of Side D.

Step 54blank.gif Display card view for the transponder card and choose OOS,DSBLD (ANSI) or Locked,disabled (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list.

Step 55blank.gif Connect the transponder output port (with the 15-dB attenuator) to the Line RX port of the booster amplifier of Side D.

Step 56blank.gif Complete the G432 Set the Transponder Wavelength to tune the transponder to the next odd wavelength after yyyy.yy nm.

Step 57blank.gif Disconnect the patchcord between the client TX of lambda yyyy.yy from the client RX of lambda yyyy.yy on the Side C patch panel. Use this patchcord to connect the client TX of lambda yyyy.yy to the client RX of lambda yyyy.yy on the Side D patch panel. Note that yyyy.yy was recorded in Step 6.

Step 58blank.gif Repeat Steps 37 to 51 for Side D.

Step 59blank.gif Display Side A of the 40-WXC-C card in card view, and complete the following:

a.blank.gif Click the Maintenance > OCHNC > Insert Value tabs, and set the available parameters as follows:

blank.gif Target Power (dBm) = –18.0

note.gif

Noteblank.gif The target power is not set if the power value is higher than the channel power that is allocated and equalized.


blank.gif Input port = 4 (EXP-RX)

blank.gif VOA Attenuation (dB) = 13

blank.gif Wavelength = yyyy.yy (value set in Step 6)

b.blank.gif Click Apply.

c.blank.gif In the Return Value COM-TX on selected Wavelength area, click Refresh and verify that the Actual Power (dBm) is –18 +\– 0.5 dB.

d.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs and record the Power value of the COM-TX port.

e.blank.gif Verify that the value of the COM-TX port matches the Actual Power value in Step c (+\– 1 dB).

f.blank.gif Click the Maintenance > OCHNC tabs. In the Return Value COM-TX on selected Wavelength area, click Refresh and then Delete.

Step 60blank.gif Repeat Step 59 for the 40-WXC-C card of Side B.

Step 61blank.gif Repeat Step 59 for the 40-WXC-C card of Side C.

Step 62blank.gif Disconnect the optical power meter from the LINE-TX port of the booster amplifier of Side D.

Step 63blank.gif Disconnect the transponder output port (with the 15-dB attenuator) from the LINE-RX port of the booster amplifier of the Side x.

Step 64blank.gif In card view, display the 40-DMX-C card for Side C, and complete the following:

a.blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

b.blank.gif Choose IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list.

c.blank.gif Set the VOA Attenuation Calib to 0 (zero).

d.blank.gif Click Apply.

Step 65blank.gif In card view, display the 40-MUX-C card for Side C and click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Choose IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService (ETSI) from the Admin State drop-down list and click Apply.

Step 66blank.gif Repeat Steps 64 and 65 for Side D.

Step 67blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs and restore the values recorded in Step 37 a for the following parameters for Sides C and D:

    • Power on the COM-TX port of the preamplifier on Side X
    • Power on the COM-RX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side X
    • Power on the COM-TX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side X

Step 68blank.gif In node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode), click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs. Click Launch ANS.

Step 69blank.gif Restore the connections to the MMU cards of the four sides using the patchcords tested in this procedure:

a.blank.gif Connect the patchcord from the COM-TX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side A to the EXP-A-RX port of the MMU in the lowest slot of the upgraded ROADM node.

b.blank.gif Connect the patchcord from the COM-RX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side A to the EXP-A-TX port of the MMU in the lowest slot of the upgraded ROADM node.

c.blank.gif Connect the patchcord from the COM-TX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side B to the EXP-A-RX port of the MMU in the highest slot of the upgraded ROADM node.

d.blank.gif Connect the patchcord from the COM-RX port of the 40-WXC-C card on Side B to the EXP-A-TX port of the MMU in the highest slot of the upgraded ROADM node.

Stop. You have completed this procedure.


 

NTP-G243 Perform the Two-Degree ROADM Node with 40-SMR-1-C and OPT-AMP-17-C Cards Acceptance Test

Purpose

This procedure tests a two-degree ROADM node with 40-SMR-1-C and OPT-AMP-17-C cards installed.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_DME_10E_C

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

G143 Import the Cisco TransportPlanner NE Update Configuration File

G30 Install the DWDM Cards

G34 Install Fiber-Optic Cables on DWDM Cards and DCUs

G37 Run Automatic Node Setup

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1blank.gif Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the node where you want to perform the acceptance test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2.

Step 2blank.gif On the 40-SMR-1-C card on Side A, do the following steps:

a.blank.gif Remove the LC connectors between the ADD/DROP ports of the 40-SMR-1-C card and the MUX and DMX units.

b.blank.gif Create a physical loopback by connecting a fiber optic jumper between the ADD and DROP ports.

Step 3blank.gif Retrieve the power set point of the DROP-TX port of the 40-SMR-1-C card on Side A. To view this set point, do the following:

a.blank.gif Go to node view (single-shelf mode) or multishelf view (multishelf mode) and click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs.

b.blank.gif In the Selector window on the left, expand the 40-SMR-1-C card on Side A.

c.blank.gif Expand the Port DROP-TX category.

d.blank.gif Select Power.

e.blank.gif Record the value of the Shelf i Slot i (40-SMR-1-C).Port DROP-TX.Power parameter in the right pane.

f.blank.gif If the value of the Power set point is greater than -6dBm, continue with Step 4, else edit the Power set point to -6dBm and complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup.

This will ensure there is enough power to perform the optical validation procedure.

Step 4blank.gif Display the OPT-AMP-17-C on Side A in card view, and complete the following steps:

a.blank.gif Click the Maintenance > ALS tabs.

b.blank.gif From the ALS Mode pull-down menu, select Disable.

Step 5blank.gif Connect a tunable laser or a fully tunable TXP_DME_10E_C card to the LINE RX port of the OPT-AMP-17-C card on Side A. Connect a 10dB bulk attenuator to the fiber or regulate the output power of the tunable laser to -10dBm.

Step 6blank.gif Create an OCHNC DCN for channel 1 on Side A related to the ADD-DROP path using the G105 Provision Optical Channel Network Connections. The circuit must be bidirectional connecting the ADD-RX port of the 40-SMR-1-C card to the LINE-TX port of the OPT-AMP-17-C card and vice-versa (LINE-RX port of the OPT-AMP-17-C card to the DROP-TX port of the 40-SMR-1-C card)

Step 7blank.gif Set the tunable laser or the TXP_DME_10E_C card to the first wavelength of the 100-GHz ITU-T C-band grid (1530.33 nm) and place the trunk port of the TXP_DME_10E_C card in the In-Service (IS) state.

Step 8blank.gif Verify the power levels of channel 1 by performing the following steps:

a.blank.gif Check the optical connection between the OPT-AMP-17-C and 40-SMR-1-C cards. The power difference between the COM-TX port of OPT-AMP-17-C and the LINE-RX port of 40-SMR-1-C must not exceed of +/- 1.5dB.

b.blank.gif Check the following parameters of the RX-amplifier in the 40-SMR-1-C card:

blank.gif The Working mode on the EXP-TX port must be the same as the ANS set point value that is set to Gain.

blank.gif The total power on the EXP-TX port must be equal to Channel Power Ref. with a tolerance +/-1.5dB.

blank.gif The DCU insertion loss must be equal to the power difference between the DC-TX and DC-RX ports and the absolute value of the DCU insertion loss must be less than 11dB.

c.blank.gif Check the parameters of the drop VOA in the 40-SMR-1-C card. The value of the VOA Attenuation parameter on the DROP-TX port must be equal to the value of the VOA Attenuation Ref. parameter with a tolerance of +/-1.0dB.

d.blank.gif Check the following parameters of the add VOA in the 40-SMR-1-C card:

blank.gif In the card view, click the Provisioning > OCH > Parameters tabs.

blank.gif Select the first channel from the Wavelength drop-down list and click Retrieve. The optical path from the ADD-RX port to the LINE-TX port is highlighted.

blank.gif Verify if the value of the Power To parameter is the same as that of the VOA Power Ref. parameter with a tolerance +/-1.0dB.

e.blank.gif Check the optical connection between the 40-SMR-1-C and OPT-AMP-17-C card. The power difference between the LINE-TX port of the 40-SMR-1-C card and the COM-RX port of the OPT-AMP-17-C card must not exceed +/- 1.5dB.

f.blank.gif Check the following parameters of the OPT-AMP-17-C card:

blank.gif The Working mode on the LINE-TX port must be the same as the ANS set point value that is set to Gain.

blank.gif The value of the Gain parameter must be equal to the Gain set point +/-1.0dB. The gain set point for the OPT-AMP-17-C card is 17dB.

Step 9blank.gif Delete the OCHNC DCN circuit for channel 1 on Side A that is related to the ADD-DROP path created in Step 6 using the G106 Delete Optical Channel Network Connections.

Step 10blank.gif Create an OCHNC DCN circuit for channel 1 on Side A related to the EXP path using the G105 Provision Optical Channel Network Connections. The circuit must be bidirectional and connects the LINE-RX port of the OPT-AMP-17-C card on Side A to the LINE-TX port of the OPT-AMP-17-C card on Side B.

Step 11blank.gif Verify the power levels of channel 1 by performing the following steps:

a.blank.gif Check the optical connection between the OPT-AMP-17-C and 40-SMR-1-C card on Side A. The power difference between the COM-TX port of OPT-AMP-17-C and the LINE-RX port of 40-SMR-1-C must not exceed +/- 1.5dB.

b.blank.gif Check the following parameters of the RX-amplifier in the 40-SMR-1-C card:

blank.gif The Working mode on the EXP-TX port must be the same as the ANS set point value that is set to Gain.

blank.gif The total power on the EXP-TX port must be equal to Channel Power Ref. with a tolerance +/-1.5dB.

blank.gif The DCU insertion loss must be equal to the power difference between the DC-TX and DC-RX ports and the absolute value of the DCU insertion loss must be less than 11dB.

c.blank.gif Check the optical connection between 40-SMR-1-C on Side A and 40-SMR-1-C on Side B. The power difference between the EXP-TX port and the EXP-RX port must not exceed +/- 1.5dB.

d.blank.gif Check the parameters of the pass-through VOA in the 40-SMR-1-C card on Side B:

blank.gif In the card view, click the Provisioning > OCH > Parameters tabs.

blank.gif Select the first channel from the Wavelength drop-down list and click Retrieve. The optical path from the EXP-RX port to the LINE-TX port is highlighted.

blank.gif Verify if the value of the Power To parameter is the same as the value of the VOA Power Ref. parameter with a tolerance +/-1.0dB.

e.blank.gif Check the optical connection between the 40-SMR-1-C and OPT-AMP-17-C card on Side B. The power difference between the LINE-TX port of the 40-SMR-1-C card and the COM-RX port of the OPT-AMP-17-C card must not exceed +/- 1.5dB.

f.blank.gif Check the following parameters of the OPT-AMP-17-C card on Side B:

blank.gif The Working mode on the LINE-TX port must be the same as the ANS set point value that is set to Gain.

blank.gif The value of the Gain parameter must be equal to the Gain set point +/-1.0dB. The gain set point for the OPT-AMP-17-C card is 17dB.

Step 12blank.gif Turn off the laser or place the trunk port of the TXP card in OutofService (OOS) state and delete the OCHNC DCN circuit on Side A related to channel 1 created in Step 10 using the G106 Delete Optical Channel Network Connections.

Step 13blank.gif Set the tunable laser or the TXP_DME_10E_C card to the second wavelength of the 100-GHz ITU-T C-band grid and place the trunk port of the TXP_DME_10E_C card in the In-Service (IS) state. Repeat Step 6 through Step 12 for the second wavelength.

Step 14blank.gif Repeat Step 13 for the remaining 38 wavelengths on Side A.

Step 15blank.gif Delete the OCHNC DCN circuit related to channel 40 using the G106 Delete Optical Channel Network Connections and turn off the laser or place the trunk port of the TXP_DME_10E_C card in OutofService (OOS) state.

Step 16blank.gif On the 40-SMR-1-C card on Side A, do the following steps:

a.blank.gif Remove the physical loopback between the ADD and DROP ports on the 40-SMR-1-C card created in Step 2.

b.blank.gif Reconnect the DROP-TX port to the RX port on the DMX side of the 15216-MD-40-ODD, 15216-EF-40-ODD, or 15216-MD-48-ODD patch panel.

Step 17blank.gif On the 15216-MD-40-ODD, 15216-EF-40-ODD, or 15216-MD-48-ODD unit on Side A, do the following steps:

a.blank.gif Create a physical loopback between the MUX and DMX ports on the 15216-MD-40-ODD, 15216-EF-40-ODD, or 15216-MD-48-ODD unit.

b.blank.gif Connect the TX port on the MUX side of the 15216-MD-40-ODD, 15216-EF-40-ODD, or 15216-MD-48-ODD unit to a power meter. If the power meter is not available, reconnect the TX port of the 15216-MD-40-ODD, 15216-EF-40-ODD, or 15216-MD-48-ODD unit to the ADD-RX port of the 40-SMR-1-C card on Side A.

Step 18blank.gif Create an OCHNC DCN for channel 1 on Side A related to the ADD-DROP path as done in Step 6.

Step 19blank.gif Set the tunable laser or the TXP_DME_10E_C card to the first wavelength of the 100-GHz ITU-T C-band grid (1530.33 nm) and place the trunk port of the TXP_DME_10E_C card in the In-Service (IS) state.

Step 20blank.gif To verify the insertion loss on the optical path of the 15216-MD-40-ODD, 15216-EF-40-ODD, or 15216-MD-48-ODD unit, do the following steps:

a.blank.gif Retrieve the power value on the DROP-TX port of the 40-SMR-1-C card and record it as Pin.

b.blank.gif Measure the optical power on the power meter or the ADD-RX port and record it as Pout.

c.blank.gif Verify that the power difference between the power values obtained in step 21 a.and step 21 b. does not exceed the insertion loss value specified for the 15216-MD-40-ODD, 15216-EF-40-ODD, or 15216-MD-48-ODD unit. (Pin - Pout must be less than 13dB with a tolerance of 1dB).

Step 21blank.gif Turn off the laser or place the trunk port of the TXP card in OutofService (OOS) state and delete the OCHNC DCN circuit on Side A related to channel 1 using the G106 Delete Optical Channel Network Connections.

Step 22blank.gif Set the tunable laser or the TXP_DME_10E_C card to the next wavelength of the 100-GHz ITU-T C-band grid (1530.33 nm) and place the trunk port of the TXP_DME_10E_C card in the In-Service (IS) state and repeat Step 18 through Step 21 for the new wavelength.

Step 23blank.gif Restore the initial configuration after checking all the 40 available wavelengths:

a.blank.gif Remove the power meter and reconnect the 15216-MD-40-ODD, 15216-EF-40-ODD, or 15216-MD-48-ODD unit to the ADD-RX port of the 40-SMR-1-C card.

b.blank.gif Remove the physical loopbacks between the MUX and DMX ports on the 15216-MD-40-ODD, 15216-EF-40-ODD, or 15216-MD-48-ODD unit on Side A.

c.blank.gif Reset the ALS parameter on the 40-SMR-1-C card. Complete the following:

blank.gif In card view, display the 40-SMR-1-C card on Side A and click the Maintenance > ALS tabs.

blank.gif From the ALS Mode pull-down menu, select Auto Restart.

d.blank.gif Import the CTP XML file again using the G143 Import the Cisco TransportPlanner NE Update Configuration File to overwrite any manual settings.

e.blank.gif Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup and verify that there are no errors.

Step 24blank.gif Repeat all the steps from Step 2 through Step 23 related to Side B.

Stop. You have completed this procedure.


 

NTP-G244 Perform the Four Degree ROADM Node with 40-SMR-2-C Cards Acceptance Test

Purpose

This procedure tests a four-degree ROADM node with 40-SMR-2-C cards installed.

Tools/Equipment

One of the following:

  • A tunable laser
  • TXP_DME_10E_C

An optical power meter or optical spectrum analyzer

Two bulk attenuators (10 dB) with LC connectors

Prerequisite Procedures

G143 Import the Cisco TransportPlanner NE Update Configuration File

G30 Install the DWDM Cards

G34 Install Fiber-Optic Cables on DWDM Cards and DCUs

G37 Run Automatic Node Setup

Required/As Needed

As needed

Onsite/Remote

Onsite

Security Level

Superuser only


Step 1blank.gif Complete the G46 Log into CTC at the node where you want to perform the acceptance test. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 2.

Step 2blank.gif On the 40-SMR-2-C card on Side A, do the following steps:

a.blank.gif Remove the LC connectors between the ADD/DROP ports of the 40-SMR-2-C card and the MUX and DMX units.

b.blank.gif Create a physical loopback by connecting a fiber optic jumper between the ADD and DROP ports.

Step 3blank.gif Retrieve the power set point of the DROP-TX port of the 40-SMR-2-C card on Side A. To view this set point, do the following:

a.blank.gif Go to the multishelf view (multishelf mode) and click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Provisioning tabs.

b.blank.gif In the Selector window on the left, expand the shelf.

c.blank.gif Expand the 40-SMR-2-C card on Side A.

d.blank.gif Expand the Port DROP-TX category.

e.blank.gif Select Power.

f.blank.gif Record the value of the Shelf i Slot i (40-SMR-2-C).Port DROP-TX.Power parameter in the right pane.

g.blank.gif If the value of the Power set point is greater than -6dBm, continue with Step 4, else edit the Power set point to -6dBm and complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup.

This will ensure there is enough power to perform the optical validation procedure.

Step 4blank.gif Display the 40-SMR-2-C card for Side A in card view and complete the following steps:

a.blank.gif Click the Maintenance > ALS tabs.

b.blank.gif From the ALS Mode pull-down menu, select Disable for port 8 (LINE-TX).

c.blank.gif Click Apply.

Step 5blank.gif Connect a tunable laser or a fully tunable TXP_DME_10E_C to the LINE RX port of the 40-SMR-2-C card on Side A. Connect a bulk attenuator to the fiber or regulate the output power of the tunable laser to -10dBm.

Step 6blank.gif Create an OCHNC DCN on Side A related to the ADD-DROP path of channel 1 using the G105 Provision Optical Channel Network Connections. The circuit must be bidirectional connecting the ADD-RX port to the LINE-TX port of the 40-SMR-2-C card and vice-versa (LINE-RX port to the DROP-TX port of the 40-SMR-2-C card)

Step 7blank.gif Set the tunable laser or the TXP_DME_10E_C card to the first wavelength of the 100-GHz ITU-T C-band grid (1530.33 nm) and place the trunk port of the TXP_DME_10E_C card in the In-Service (IS) state.

Step 8blank.gif Verify the power levels of channel 1 by performing the following steps:

a.blank.gif Check the parameters of the RX-amplifier in the 40-SMR2-C card:

blank.gif In the 40-SMR2-C card view, click the Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs.

blank.gif Verify that the working mode on the EXP-TX port is set to Gain.

blank.gif Record the values of the Total Output Power and Channel Power Ref. parameters.

blank.gif Verify that the value of the Total Output Power is within +/-1.0 dB of the Channel Power Ref. value.

blank.gif Record the value of the DCU insertion loss parameter and verify that the value is less than 11 dB.

b.blank.gif Check the parameters of the drop VOA in the 40-SMR-2-C card:

blank.gif Go to the multishelf view (multishelf mode) and click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs.

blank.gif In the Selector window on the left, expand shelf i, where i is the shelf you are working on.

blank.gif Expand Slot i (40-SMR2-C), where i is the slot where the 40-SMR2-C card is located.

blank.gif Expand the Port DROP-TX category.

blank.gif Click the VOA Target Attenuation parameter.

blank.gif Record the VOA target attenuation displayed in the Value field.

blank.gif In the 40-SMR2-C card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

blank.gif Record the VOA Attentuation Ref. value on Port 6 (DROP-TX).

blank.gif Verify that the value of the VOA Target Attenuation parameter recorded above is equal to the value of the VOA Attenuation Ref. parameter on the DROP-TX port with a tolerance +/-1.0 dB.

c.blank.gif Check the parameters of the add VOA in the 40-SMR-2-C card:

blank.gif In the 40-SMR-2-C card view, click the Provisioning > OCH > Parameters tabs.

blank.gif Select the required channel from the Wavelength drop-down list and click Retrieve. The optical path from the ADD-RX port to the LINE-TX port is displayed in the table.

blank.gif Record the values of the Power To and VOA Power Ref. parameters for the ADD-RX to LINE-TX row.

blank.gif Verify that the value of the VOA Power Ref. parameter is equal to the value of the Power To parameter with a tolerance +/-1.0dB.

blank.gif In the 40-SMR-2-C card view, click the Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs.

blank.gif Record the working mode of Port 8 (LINE-TX).

blank.gif Verify that the working mode on the LINE-TX port is set to Gain.

blank.gif Go to the multishelf view (multishelf mode) and click the Provisioning > WDM-ANS > Port Status tabs.

blank.gif In the Selector window on the left, expand shelf i, where i is the shelf you are working on.

blank.gif Expand Slot i (40-SMR2-C), where i is the slot where the 40-SMR2-C card is located.

blank.gif Expand the Port LINE-TX category.

blank.gif Click the Gain parameter.

blank.gif Record the gain displayed in the Value field.

blank.gif Verify that the gain is equal to 17 dB.

Step 9blank.gif Delete the OCHNC DCN circuit for channel 1 on Side A related to the ADD-DROP path that was created in Step 6 using the G106 Delete Optical Channel Network Connections.

Step 10blank.gif Create an OCHNC DCN circuit for channel 1 on Side A related to the EXP-TX path towards Side B using the G105 Provision Optical Channel Network Connections. The circuit must be bidirectional and connects the LINE-RX port of the 40-SMR-2-C card on Side A to the LINE-TX port of the 40-SMR-2-C card on Side B.

Step 11blank.gif Verify the power levels of channel 1 by performing the following steps:

a.blank.gif Check the parameters of the RX-amplifier in the 40-SMR-2-C card:

blank.gif In the 40-SMR2-C card view on Side A, click the Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs.

blank.gif Verify that the working mode on the EXP-TX port is set to Gain.

blank.gif Record the values of the Total Output Power and Channel Power Ref. parameters.

blank.gif Verify that the value of the Total Output Power is within +/-1.0 dB of the Channel Power Ref. value.

b.blank.gif Check the optical connection between Side A and Side B through the 15454-PP-4-SMR patch panel. Depending on the source side, the EXP- i -RX port of the destination side varies. Verify the connectivity among the different sides using the 15454-PP-4-SMR patch panel block diagram in the “Node Reference” chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. For example, on Side A, EXP-TX is connected to Side B on EXP-1-RX, Side C on EXP-2-RX, and Side D on EXP-3-RX. The power difference between the EXP-TX port and the EXP- i -RX port must be less than 7 dB.

blank.gif In the 40-SMR2-C card view on Side B, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

blank.gif Record the express RX power on Port 10 (EXP-RX 1-2).

blank.gif Compare the express RX power to the total output power recorded in Step 11a.

blank.gif Verify that the absolute value of the total output power minus the express RX power is less than 7 dB.

c.blank.gif Check the parameters of the pass-through VOA and TX-amplifier in the 40-SMR-2-C card on Side B:

blank.gif In the card view, click the Provisioning > OCH > Parameters tabs.

blank.gif Select the first channel from the Wavelength drop-down list and click Retrieve.

blank.gif View the optical path from the EXP- i -RX port to the LINE-TX port that is displayed in the table.

blank.gif Verify that the value of the Power To parameter is the same as the value of the Channel Power Ref. parameter with a tolerance +/-1.0dB.

blank.gif Click the Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs.

blank.gif Verify that the working mode on Port 8 (LINE-TX) is set to Gain.

blank.gif Ensure that the value of the gain parameter on Port 8 (LINE-TX) must be equal to 17 dB.

blank.gif The Working mode on the LINE-TX port must be the same as the ANS set point value that is set to Gain.

blank.gif The value of the Gain parameter on the LINE-TX port must be equal to the Gain set point +/-1.0dB. The gain set point for the 40-SMR-2-C card is 17dB.

Step 12blank.gif Delete the OCHNC DCN circuit towards Side B related to channel 1 created in Step 10 using the G106 Delete Optical Channel Network Connections.

Step 13blank.gif Create the OCHNC DCN circuit for channel 1 on Side A related to EXP-TX path towards Side C using the G105 Provision Optical Channel Network Connections. Repeat Step 11 and Step 12 for the circuit that is created.

Step 14blank.gif Repeat Step 13 towards Side D, turn off the laser or place the trunk port of the TXP_DME_10E_C card in OutofService (OOS) state.

Step 15blank.gif Set the tunable laser or the TXP_DME_10E_C card to the second wavelength of the 100-GHz ITU-T C-band grid and place the trunk port of the TXP_DME_10E_C card in the In-Service (IS) state. Repeat Step 6 through Step 14 for the second wavelength.

Step 16blank.gif Repeat Step 15 for the remaining 38 wavelengths on Side A.

Step 17blank.gif Delete the OCHNC DCN circuit related to channel 40 using the G106 Delete Optical Channel Network Connections and turn off the laser or place the trunk port of the TXP_DME_10E_C card in OutofService (OOS) state.

Step 18blank.gif On the 40-SMR-2-C card on Side A, do the following steps:

a.blank.gif Remove the physical loopback between the ADD and DROP ports on the 40-SMR-2-C card created in Step 2.

b.blank.gif Reconnect the DROP-TX port on the 40-SMR2-C card to the COM-RX port on the DMX side of the 15216-MD-40-ODD patch panel.

c.blank.gif Reconnect the ADD-RX port on the 40-SMR2-C card to the COM-TX port on the MUX side of the 15216-MD-40-ODD patch panel.

Step 19blank.gif On the15216-MD-40-ODD unit on Side A, do the following steps:

a.blank.gif Create a physical loopback between the MUX and DMX ports of the 15216-MD-40-ODD unit that are related to the same wavelength. Perform this step for all the 40 wavelengths on the 15216-MD-40-ODD patch panel on the side you are working on.

Step 20blank.gif Create an OCHNC DCN for channel 1 on Side A related to the ADD-DROP path as done in Step 6.

Step 21blank.gif Set the tunable laser or the TXP_DME_10E_C card to the first wavelength of the 100-GHz ITU-T C-band grid (1530.33 nm) and place the trunk port of the TXP_DME_10E_C card in the In-Service (IS) state.

Step 22blank.gif To verify the insertion loss on the optical path of the 15216-MD-40-ODD unit on Side A, do the following steps:

a.blank.gif In the 40-SMR2-C card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs.

b.blank.gif Retrieve the power value on Port 6 (DROP-TX) of the 40-SMR-2-C card and record it as Pin.

c.blank.gif Retrieve the power value on Port 5 (ADD-RX) port and record it as Pout.

d.blank.gif Verify that the power difference between the power values obtained in step 22 b.and step 22 c. do not exceed the insertion loss value specified for the 15216-MD-40-ODD unit. (Pin - Pout must be less than 13dB with a tolerance of 1dB).

Step 23blank.gif Turn off the laser or place the trunk port of the TXP_DME_10E_C card in OutofService (OOS) state and delete the OCHNC DCN circuit on Side A related to channel 1 using the G106 Delete Optical Channel Network Connections.

Step 24blank.gif Set the tunable laser or the TXP_DME_10E_C card to the next wavelength of the 100-GHz ITU-T C-band grid (1530.33 nm) and place the trunk port of the TXP_DME_10E_C card in the In-Service (IS) state and repeat Step 20 through Step 23 for the new wavelength.

Step 25blank.gif Restore the initial configuration after checking all the 40 available wavelengths:

a.blank.gif Remove the power meter and reconnect the 15216-MD-40-ODD unit to the ADD-RX port of the 40-SMR-2-C card.

b.blank.gif Remove the physical loopbacks between the MUX and DMX ports on the 15216-MD-40-ODD unit on Side A.

c.blank.gif Reset the ALS parameter on the 40-SMR-2-C card. Complete the following:

blank.gif In card view, display the 40-SMR-2-C and click the Maintenance > ALS tabs.

blank.gif From the ALS Mode pull-down menu, select Auto Restart.

d.blank.gif Import the CTP XML file again using the G143 Import the Cisco TransportPlanner NE Update Configuration File to overwrite any manual settings.

e.blank.gif Complete the G37 Run Automatic Node Setup and verify no errors are present.

Step 26blank.gif Repeat all the steps from Step 2 through Step 25 related to Side B.

Step 27blank.gif Repeat all the steps from Step 2 through Step 25 related to Side C.

Step 28blank.gif Repeat all the steps from Step 2 through Step 25 related to Side D.

Stop. You have completed this procedure.